Follow Our Official Facebook Page For New Updates
Class Six English Paragraph | Class Six English All Paragraph with Meaning | ā§Ŧāώ্āĻ āĻļ্āϰেāύিāϰ āϏāĻāϞ āĻĒ্āϝাāϰাāĻ্āϰাāĻĢ āĻংāϰেāĻি āĻ āĻŦাংāϞা। Class 6 English Paragraph

Class 6 English Paragraph
A-CLASS SIX TEXTUAL PARAGRAPH
1. Write a paragraph in about 100 words about your first day at a new school by answering the following questions.
(a) Who took you to school?
(b) When did you reach school?
(c) How did you feel in the new school?
(d) How were you received at the new school?
MY FIRST DAY AT A NEW SCHOOL
A new place is a new experience. So my first day at a new school is a new experience in my life. I cannot forget the first day of my new school. Last year I was a student of class five. On account of my father's transfer, this year I had to get admitted to a new school in class six. On the starting day, I was going to school with my father in a rickshaw with a new hope. I felt very nervous thinking that I was going to start a new class at a new school. We reached school fifteen minutes late. My father left me at the school gate. I went in and found that everyone had gone to class. Then I walked into my classroom and found a seat. I found the students very friendly. They received me cordially. After sometime a teacher came and warmly greeted us. I will remember the day as long as I live.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
1. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻে āϤোāĻŽাāĻে āϏ্āĻুāϞে āύিāϝ়ে āĻেāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻĒৌঁāĻেāĻেāύ?
(āĻ) āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ
āύুāĻূāϤি āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāĻĒāύাāĻে āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻ্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻে?
āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύ
āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āĻাāϝ়āĻা āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āĻ
āĻিāĻ্āĻāϤা. āϤাāĻ āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύāĻি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āĻ
āĻিāĻ্āĻāϤা। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύ āĻুāϞāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āύা। āĻāϤ āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻāĻŽি āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻĢাāĻāĻেāϰ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦাāĻŦাāϰ āĻŦāĻĻāϞিāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻ āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻে āώāώ্āĻ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖিāϤে āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāϰ্āϤি āĻšāϤে āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ। āĻļুāϰুāϰ āĻĻিāύ āύāϤুāύ āĻāĻļা āύিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāĻŦাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϰিāĻāĻļাāϝ় āĻāϰে āϏ্āĻুāϞে āϝাāĻ্āĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻļুāϰু āĻāϰāϤে āϝাāĻ্āĻি āĻāĻ āĻেāĻŦে āĻāĻŽি āĻুāĻŦ āύাāϰ্āĻাāϏ āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰāϞাāĻŽ। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĒāύেāϰো āĻŽিāύিāĻ āĻĻেāϰিāϤে āϏ্āĻুāϞে āĻĒৌঁāĻāϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦাāĻŦা āĻāĻŽাāĻে āϏ্āĻুāϞেāϰ āĻেāĻে āϰেāĻে āĻāϏেāύ। āĻিāϤāϰে āĻিāϝ়ে āĻĻেāĻāϞাāĻŽ āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻ্āϞাāϏে āĻāϞে āĻেāĻে। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώে āĻšাঁāĻা āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāĻি āĻāϏāύ āĻুঁāĻে. āĻāĻŽি āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻুāĻŦ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻŽāύে. āϤাāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻে āĻāύ্āϤāϰিāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻ্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰেāĻে। āĻিāĻুāĻ্āώāĻŖ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻāϏে āĻāώ্āĻŖ āĻ
āĻ্āϝāϰ্āĻĨāύা āĻাāύাāϞেāύ। āϝāϤāĻĻিāύ āĻŦেঁāĻে āĻĨাāĻāĻŦ āĻĻিāύāĻা āĻŽāύে āĻĨাāĻāĻŦে।
2. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on your experience at a railway station by answering the following questions.
(a) How was the railway station?
(b) What were people doing in the station?
(c) What happened to the porters and hawkers at the time of the train's departure?
(d) When did you say good-bye?
MY EXPERIENCE AT A RAILWAY STATION
Once I went to a railway station to see my friend off who was going to Dhaka to his elder brother's house. It was a very crowded place. There was a long queue of people at the ticket counter. A group of young people was talking loudly and taking tea in front of a tea shop. An old couple trying to find a quiet place to sit and rest. The waiting room was crowded too. I saw a man struggling to carry three heavy suitcases. A young lady was sitting on her luggage at one corner and was reading a magazine. My friend and I stood near a newspaper shop talking and watching the people around. The porters and hawkers became busier as it was time for the train to leave. When the train whistled, my friend boarded on it and we said good-bye to each other.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
2. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻāĻি āϰেāϞāϏ্āĻেāĻļāύে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ
āĻিāĻ্āĻāϤাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āϰেāϞāϏ্āĻেāĻļāύ āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āϏ্āĻেāĻļāύে āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻী āĻāϰāĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻ্āϰেāύ āĻাāĻĄ়াāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒোāϰ্āĻাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻšāĻাāϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻী āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āĻŦিāĻĻাāϝ় āĻŦāϞেāĻেāύ?
āĻāĻāĻি āϰেāϞāĻāϝ়ে āϏ্āĻেāĻļāύে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ āĻিāĻ্āĻāϤা
āĻāĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻে āĻĻেāĻāϤে āϰেāϞāϏ্āĻেāĻļāύে āĻিāϝ়েāĻিāϞাāĻŽ āϝে āĻĸাāĻাāϝ় āϤাāϰ āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻাāĻāϝ়েāϰ āĻŦাāϏাāϝ় āϝাāĻ্āĻিāϞ। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻুāĻŦ āĻিāĻĄ় āĻাāϝ়āĻা āĻিāϞ. āĻিāĻিāĻ āĻাāĻāύ্āĻাāϰে āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻĻীāϰ্āĻ āϏাāϰি āĻিāϞ। āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύেāϰ āϏাāĻŽāύে āĻāĻāĻĻāϞ āϝুāĻŦāĻ āĻāĻ্āĻāϏ্āĻŦāϰে āĻāĻĨা āĻŦāϞāĻিāϞ āĻāϰ āĻা āĻাāĻ্āĻিāϞ। āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻĻāĻŽ্āĻĒāϤি āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻļ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻļাāύ্āϤ āĻাāϝ়āĻা āĻুঁāĻে āĻŦেāϰ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻেāώ্āĻা āĻāϰāĻেāύ৷ āĻāϝ়েāĻিং āϰুāĻŽেāĻ āĻিāĻĄ় āĻিāϞ। āĻāĻŽি āĻĻেāĻāϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻāĻāύ āϞোāĻ āϤিāύāĻি āĻাāϰী āϏ্āϝুāĻāĻেāϏ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϞāĻĄ়াāĻ āĻāϰāĻে। āĻāĻ āĻোāĻŖাāϝ় āĻāĻ āϤāϰুāĻŖী āϤাāϰ āϞাāĻেāĻ āύিāϝ়ে āĻŦāϏে āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒāϤ্āϰিāĻা āĻĒāĻĄ়āĻিāϞেāύ। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻāĻāĻি āϏংāĻŦাāĻĻāĻĒāϤ্āϰেāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়ে āĻāϞ্āĻĒ āĻāϰāĻিāϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻļেāĻĒাāĻļেāϰ āϞোāĻāĻāύ āĻĻেāĻāĻি। āĻ্āϰেāύ āĻাāĻĄ়াāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻšāĻāϝ়াāϝ় āĻĒোāϰ্āĻাāϰ āĻ āĻšāĻাāϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤāϤা āĻŦেāĻĄ়ে āϝাāϝ়। āĻ্āϰেāύāĻি āϝāĻāύ āĻšুāĻāϏেāϞ āĻŦাāĻাāϞো, āϤāĻāύ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻāϤে āĻāϰোāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻে āĻ
āĻĒāϰāĻে āĻŦিāĻĻাāϝ় āĻাāύাāϞাāĻŽ। Class Six English Paragraph
3. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Health is Wealth' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is good health?
(b) What do you mean by hygiene?
(c) What is essential for good health?
(d) What do you mean by balanced diet?
HEALTH IS WEALTH
Good health means proper functioning of all the body organs. It means feeling well both in body and in mind. To keep healthy is to keep free from disease and anxiety . Healthy people are active, cheerful and happy. If we are healthy, we can be happy and can help others in society as well. To keep in good health we should be careful about hygiene. The rules and practices of keeping good health are called hygiene. Proper food and nutrition, physical exercise, rest and sleep, cleanliness and proper medicare are essential for good health. Our food should contain correct proportion of carbohydrates, fat, protein, vitamins, minerals and water in it. This is called balanced diet.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
3. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāĻĻ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻী?
(āĻ) āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻŦিāϧি āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻী āĻŦোāĻ?
(āĻ) āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻী āĻ
āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ?
(āĻ) āϏুāώāĻŽ āĻাāĻĻ্āϝ āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻী āĻŦোāĻ?
āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāĻĻ
āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻŽাāύে āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻ
āĻ্āĻ-āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝāĻ্āĻেāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰা। āĻāϰ āĻ
āϰ্āĻĨ āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻŽāύ āĻāĻāϝ়āĻাāĻŦেāĻ āĻাāϞ āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰা। āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻĨাāĻা āĻŽাāύে āϰোāĻ āĻ āĻĻুāĻļ্āĻিāύ্āϤা āĻĨেāĻে āĻŽুāĻ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻা। āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻŽাāύুāώ āϏāĻ্āϰিāϝ়, āĻĒ্āϰāĻĢুāϞ্āϞ āĻāĻŦং āϏুāĻী। āĻāĻŽāϰা āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻĨাāĻāϞে āĻāĻŽāϰা āϏুāĻী āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽাāĻেāϰ āĻ
āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰāĻ āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻŦāĻাāϝ় āϰাāĻāϤে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻŦিāϧিāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āϏāϤāϰ্āĻ āĻĨাāĻāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻাāϞো āϰাāĻাāϰ āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻ āĻ
āĻ্āϝাāϏāĻে āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ় āĻšাāĻāĻিāύ। āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϏāĻ িāĻ āĻাāĻĻ্āϝ āĻ āĻĒুāώ্āĻি, āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ, āĻŦিāĻļ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻ āĻুāĻŽ, āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻাāϰ-āĻĒāϰিāĻ্āĻāύ্āύāϤা āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻ িāĻ āĻিāĻিā§āϏা āĻ
āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻŦাāϰে āĻাāϰ্āĻŦোāĻšাāĻāĻĄ্āϰেāĻ, āĻĢ্āϝাāĻ, āĻĒ্āϰোāĻিāύ, āĻিāĻাāĻŽিāύ, āĻŽিāύাāϰেāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻĒাāύিāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻ āĻ
āύুāĻĒাāϤ āĻĨাāĻা āĻāĻিāϤ। āĻāĻে āĻŦāϞে āϏুāώāĻŽ āĻাāĻĻ্āϝ। C
4. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Natural or Herbal Remedies' by answering the following questions.
(a) What do you mean by natural or herbal remedies?
(b) Are herbal cures modern inventions?
(c) Which civilizations used herbal treatments?
(d) What are the benefits?
(e) Which are used as herbal medicines?
NATURAL OR HERBAL REMEDIES
Natural or Herbal Remedies means giving treatment with natural things such as plants and herbs. Natural or herbal remedies are nothing new. Some ancient civilizations like India, China, Greece, Egypt and Rome also used herbal medicines. Some ancient treatment systems are still in practice today. All herbal remedies are easy to get, they are cheap and most often without any side effects. In absence of a doctor, rural people depend on these natural home remedies. They use aloe vera, honey, tulsi leaves, turmeric, marigold, neem, garlic, ginger, lemon, clove , etc and many other natural or herbal things as herbal medicines.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
4. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻŦা āĻেāώāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻŦা āĻেāώāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰ āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻী āĻŦোāĻ?
(āĻ) āĻেāώāĻ āĻিāĻিā§āϏা āĻি āĻāϧুāύিāĻ āĻāĻŦিāώ্āĻাāϰ?
(āĻ) āĻোāύ āϏāĻ্āϝāϤা āĻেāώāĻ āĻিāĻিā§āϏা āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰāϤ?
(āĻ) āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻেāώāĻ āĻāώুāϧ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻোāύāĻি āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়?
āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻŦা āĻেāώāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰ
āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻŦা āĻেāώāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰ āĻŽাāύে āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻিāύিāϏ āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻাāĻāĻĒাāϞা āĻāĻŦং āĻেāώāĻ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻিāĻিāϤ্āϏা āĻĻেāĻāϝ়া। āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻŦা āĻেāώāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰ āύāϤুāύ āĻিāĻু āύāϝ়। āĻাāϰāϤ, āĻীāύ, āĻ্āϰীāϏ, āĻŽিāĻļāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϰোāĻŽেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻিāĻু āĻĒ্āϰাāĻীāύ āϏāĻ্āϝāϤাāĻ āĻেāώāĻ āĻāώুāϧ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰāϤ। āĻিāĻু āĻĒ্āϰাāĻীāύ āĻিāĻিā§āϏা āĻĒāĻĻ্āϧāϤি āĻāĻāĻ āĻাāϞু āĻāĻে। āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻেāώāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰ āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϏāĻšāĻ, āϏেāĻুāϞি āϏāϏ্āϤা āĻāĻŦং āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ়āĻļāĻ āĻোāύāĻ āĻĒাāϰ্āĻļ্āĻŦ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ্āϰিāϝ়া āĻাāĻĄ়াāĻ। āĻĄাāĻ্āϤাāϰেāϰ āĻ
āĻাāĻŦে āĻ্āϰাāĻŽীāĻŖ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻāϰোāϝ়া āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻাāϰেāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āύিāϰ্āĻāϰāĻļীāϞ। āϤাāϰা āĻৃāϤāĻুāĻŽাāϰী, āĻŽāϧু, āϤুāϞāϏী āĻĒাāϤা, āĻšāϞুāĻĻ, āĻাঁāĻĻা, āύিāĻŽ, āϰāϏুāύ, āĻāĻĻা, āϞেāĻŦু, āϞāĻŦāĻ্āĻ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻŦা āĻেāώāĻ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻেāώāĻ āĻāώুāϧ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰে।
5. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Birds of Bangladesh' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is Bangladesh gifted with?
(b) Which are the common birds?
(c) What kinds of birds are there?
(d) What do guest birds add to our country?
BIRDS OF BANGLADESH
Bangladesh is a country full of natural resources. We are proud of our soil, forests, flowers, fruits and birds. The country is gifted with plentiful of fauna due to its geographical location. Birds are one of them. There are various kinds of birds. They are different in colour, size and nature. The common birds of our country are the crow, the cuckoo, the doel, the mayna, the shalik, the kingfisher, the sparrow, the wood-pecker , the kite, the dove, the parakeet, the parrot, etc. Among them some are song-birds. The cuckoo is one of them. Some are talking birds such as the parrot, the mayna, the parakeet, etc. The doel is our national bird. Every year in winter many guest birds come to our country. We should be caring to them as they add beauty to our country.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
5. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻĒাāĻি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļāĻে āĻী āĻāĻĒāĻšাāϰ āĻĻেāĻāϝ়া āĻšāϝ়েāĻে?
(āĻ) āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻĒাāĻি āĻোāύāĻি?
(āĻ) āĻি āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĒাāĻি āĻāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻ
āϤিāĻĨি āĻĒাāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻী āϝোāĻ āĻāϰে?
āĻŦাāϰ্āĻĄāϏ āĻ āĻĢ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ
āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāĻĻে āĻāϰāĻĒুāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻĻেāĻļ। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽাāĻি, āĻŦāύ, āĻĢুāϞ, āĻĢāϞ, āĻĒাāĻি āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϰ্āĻŦিāϤ। āĻৌāĻāϞিāĻ āĻ
āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨাāύেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻĻেāĻļāĻি āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖীāĻāĻāϤে āĻĻাāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻে। āĻĒাāĻি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻāĻি। āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĒাāĻি āĻāĻে। āĻāĻুāϞি āϰāĻ, āĻāĻাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤিāϤে āĻāϞাāĻĻা। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻĒাāĻি āĻšāϞ āĻাāĻ, āĻোāĻিāϞ, āĻĻোāϝ়েāϞ, āĻŽāϝ়āύা, āĻļাāϞিāĻ, āĻিংāĻĢিāĻļাāϰ, āĻāĻĄ়ুāĻ, āĻাāĻ āĻŦাāĻĻাāĻŽ, āĻুāĻĄ়ি, āĻুāĻু, āĻĒāϰāĻীāĻ, āϤোāϤা āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি। āĻাāύ-āĻĒাāĻি āĻšāϝ়। āĻোāĻিāϞ āϤাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻāĻি। āĻেāĻ āĻেāĻ āĻāĻĨা āĻŦāϞāĻেāύ āϤোāϤা, āĻŽāϝ়āύা, āĻĒāϰāĻীāĻ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি। āĻĻোāϝ়েāϞ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒাāĻি। āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻļীāϤে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻ
āϤিāĻĨি āĻĒাāĻি āĻāϏে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āϝāϤ্āύāĻŦাāύ āĻšāĻāϝ়া āĻāĻিāϤ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āϤাāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ āĻŦাāĻĄ়াāϝ়।
6. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Shusong Durgapur : An unseen beauty of Bangladesh' by answering the following questions.
(a) In which district is Shusong Durgapur located?
(b) Is there any river in Birishiri?
(c) Is there any ethnic group?
(d) Are there any hills, temples or mines?
(e) Are there any other attractive places?
SHUSONG DURGAPUR : AN UNSEEN BEAUTY OF BANGLADESH
Bangladesh is gifted with many natural attractions. Only some of these beautiful places are known to us. There are many areas in the remote countryside that are little known. Shusong Durgapur of Birishiri at Netrokona is such a place. It is located on the bank of Someshwari. The crystal clear water of the river changes its colour as the seasons change. Besides, there are many green hills such as- Garo hills, the hills of Meghalaya's, Ceramic mountains, etc. Some ethnic communities such as Hajong, Garo and other ethnic groups live here. There is a cultural and educational centre for these tribes. There is another river named Kangsa and the abandoned coal mines. There are many beautiful places such as the palace of the Susang King, the Dasha Busha Temple, orange gardens, Shal forests, Ramakrishna and Loknath Baba Temples, etc. So Shusong Durgapur is really an unseen beauty of Bangladesh. P
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
6. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻাāĻĒুāϰ: āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ
āĻĻেāĻা āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(a) āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻাāĻĒুāϰ āĻোāύ āĻেāϞাāϝ় āĻ
āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ?
(āĻ) āĻŦিāϰিāĻļিāϰিāϤে āĻি āĻোāύ āύāĻĻী āĻāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻোāύ āĻাāϤিāĻোāώ্āĻ ী āĻāĻে āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻোāύ āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ়, āĻŽāύ্āĻĻিāϰ āĻŦা āĻāύি āĻāĻে āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻ
āύ্āϝ āĻোāύ āĻāĻāϰ্āώāĻŖীāϝ় āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻāĻে āĻি?
āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻাāĻĒুāϰ: āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻ āĻ āĻĻেāĻা āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ
āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻāĻāϰ্āώāĻŖে āĻāϰāĻĒুāϰ। āĻāĻ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻুāϞোāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻিāĻু āĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻিāϤ। āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽাāĻ্āĻāϞে āĻāĻŽāύ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻāϞাāĻা āϰāϝ়েāĻে āϝা āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽ āĻĒāϰিāĻিāϤ। āύেāϤ্āϰāĻোāύাāϰ āĻŦিāϰিāĻļিāϰিāϰ āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻাāĻĒুāϰ āĻāĻŽāύāĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়āĻা। āĻāĻি āϏোāĻŽেāĻļ্āĻŦāϰীāϰ āϤীāϰে āĻ
āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ। āύāĻĻীāϰ āϏ্āĻĢāĻিāĻ āϏ্āĻŦāĻ্āĻ āĻāϞ āĻāϤু āĻĒāϰিāĻŦāϰ্āϤāύেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϏাāĻĨে āϤাāϰ āϰāĻ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦāϰ্āϤāύ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻাāĻĄ়া āĻāĻাāύে āϰāϝ়েāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻŦুāĻ āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ় āϝেāĻŽāύ- āĻাāϰো āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ়, āĻŽেāĻাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ়, āϏিāϰাāĻŽিāĻ āĻĒāϰ্āĻŦāϤ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি। āĻāĻাāύে āĻিāĻু āĻাāϤি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻাāϝ় āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻšাāĻং, āĻাāϰো āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻাāϤিāĻোāώ্āĻ ী āĻŦাāϏ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻ āĻāĻĒāĻাāϤিāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āϏাংāϏ্āĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻ āĻļিāĻ্āώা āĻেāύ্āĻĻ্āϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻংāϏ āύাāĻŽে āĻāϰেāĻāĻি āύāĻĻী āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāϰিāϤ্āϝāĻ্āϤ āĻāϝ়āϞা āĻāύি āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϏুāϏং āϰাāĻাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϏাāĻĻ, āĻĻāĻļা āĻŦুāώা āĻŽāύ্āĻĻিāϰ, āĻāĻŽāϞাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύ, āĻļাāϞ āĻŦāύ, āϰাāĻŽāĻৃāώ্āĻŖ āĻ āϞোāĻāύাāĻĨ āĻŦাāĻŦাāϰ āĻŽāύ্āĻĻিāϰ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻাāϝ়āĻা āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϤাāĻ āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻাāĻĒুāϰ āϏāϤ্āϝিāĻ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻ āĻ
āĻĻেāĻা āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ।
7. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Our memories of Pride and Sorrow' by answering the following questions.
(a) What are our pride and sorrows?
(b) Who declared our independence?
(d) Who rose in revolt for liberation?
(c) How we celebrate our national day?
(e) Who gave their lives for liberation?
OUR MEMORIES OF PRIDE AND SORROW
We, the Bangladeshis have unforgettable memories of pride and sorrow. March is a month of pride because in 1971, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman declared the independence of Bangladesh in the early hours of 26th in this month. For that we annually celebrate 26th March as our Independence Day with pride and joy. Then the heroic Bangalees rose in revolt and the war of liberation began. Then on the 16th December of the same year, after about nine months' heroic battle, our freedom fighters became victorious. So 16th December is our Victory Day. On that day in 1971 a new nation, the independent Bangladesh was born with the unconditional surrender of the Pakistan army. So we annually celebrate 16th December with great pride and joy. On the other hand, we sadly remember our people who sacrificed their lives for the independence of Bangladesh. So 26th March and 16th December bear great meanings for us and we should pledge to work wholeheartedly for the progress of Bangladesh. Class Six English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
7. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻĻুঃāĻ āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻোāώāĻŖা āĻāϰেāĻিāϞ?
(d) āĻে āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āĻāĻ েāĻিāϞেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰি?
(āĻ) āĻাāϰা āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻেāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻāĻŦং āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি
āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļিāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āĻ
āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖীāϝ় āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻŽাāϰ্āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻāϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻŽাāϏ āĻাāϰāĻŖ 1971 āϏাāϞে āĻŦāĻ্āĻāĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻļেāĻ āĻŽুāĻিāĻŦুāϰ āϰāĻšāĻŽাāύ āĻāĻ āĻŽাāϏেāϰ 26 āϤাāϰিāĻ āĻোāϰে āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻোāώāĻŖা āĻāϰেāĻিāϞেāύ। āϏে āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻāϰ ⧍ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āĻāĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰি। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻŦীāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϞি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āĻেāĻে āĻāĻ ে āĻāĻŦং āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϝুāĻĻ্āϧ। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āύāϝ় āĻŽাāϏেāϰ āĻŦীāϰāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϝুāĻĻ্āϧেāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻ āĻŦāĻāϰেāϰ ā§§ā§Ŧ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻŦিāĻāϝ়ী āĻšāϝ় āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϝোāĻĻ্āϧাāϰা। āϤাāĻ ā§§ā§ŦāĻ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ। ⧧⧝ā§ā§§ āϏাāϞেāϰ āĻāĻ āĻĻিāύে āĻĒাāĻিāϏ্āϤাāύ āϏেāύাāĻŦাāĻšিāύীāϰ āύিঃāĻļāϰ্āϤ āĻāϤ্āĻŽāϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĒāĻŖেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāύ্āĻŽ āύেāϝ় āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āĻাāϤিāϰ, āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ। āϤাāĻ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻāϰ 16āĻ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻāϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻŦং āĻāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰি। āĻ
āύ্āϝāĻĻিāĻে, āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏেāĻ āĻāύāĻāĻŖāĻে āϝাāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻā§āϏāϰ্āĻ āĻāϰেāĻিāϞেāύ। āϤাāĻ ā§¨ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āĻ āĻāĻŦং ā§§ā§ŦāĻ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻ
āύেāĻ āϤাā§āĻĒāϰ্āϝ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ
āĻ্āϰāĻāϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāύ্āϤāϰিāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻ
āĻ্āĻীāĻাāϰ āĻāϰা āĻāĻিāϤ।
8. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Old People's Home' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is an old people's home?
(b) Why is it set up?
(c) Who live in our old people's home?
(d) What is the common thing the elderly people share?
(e) How do they live in the old home?
OLD PEOPLE'S HOME
An old people's home is a place where old people live and are cared for. It is a new idea in our country. It is set up for the elderly people who live alone and who have none to take care of them. These are also some people who often feel helpless and miserable and need care and support. This home also takes care of them and gives them full support to live here. Among the elderly people of the old home, some are quite well-off and some are not. Some are educated and some are illiterate. But they all share one common thing that is they live alone and have no one to take care of them in sickness. Sometimes they do not have anybody to talk to. In an old people's home, these people can live like a family. They also can share their joys and sorrows like a family member. In fact, an old people's home plays a significant role to the society in rehabilitating these helpless elderly people. It is set up to make people understand the sufferings of the aged and the lonely people.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
8. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāϞ্āĻĄ āĻĒিāĻĒāϞāϏ āĻšোāĻŽ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়ি āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻেāύ āĻāĻি āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϤে āĻাāϰা āĻĨাāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻŦāϝ়āϏ্āĻ āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻী āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰা āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻĒুāϰāύো āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϤে āĻĨাāĻে?
āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧাāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ
āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়āĻা āϝেāĻাāύে āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāϰা āĻŦাāϏ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāĻāϝ়া āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āϧাāϰāĻŖা। āĻāĻি āĻŦāϝ়āϏ্āĻ āĻŦ্āϝāĻ্āϤিāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻে āϝাāϰা āĻāĻা āĻĨাāĻেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϝাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻেāĻ āύেāĻ। āĻāĻুāϞিāĻ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻিāĻু āϞোāĻ āϝাāϰা āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ়āĻļāĻ āĻ
āϏāĻšাāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻĻু: āĻিāϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āϝāϤ্āύ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĨāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāĻি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻাāύে āĻŦāϏāĻŦাāϏেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĨāύ āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧাāĻļ্āϰāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦীāĻŖāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻেāĻ āĻŦেāĻļ āϏāĻ্āĻāϞ āĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻেāĻ āĻেāĻ āύেāĻ। āĻেāĻ āĻļিāĻ্āώিāϤ āĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻেāĻ āĻ
āĻļিāĻ্āώিāϤ। āϤāĻŦে āϤাāϰা āϏāĻāϞেāĻ āĻāĻāĻি āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে āϤা āĻšāϞ āϤাāϰা āĻāĻা āĻĨাāĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āϏুāϏ্āĻĨāϤাāϝ় āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻেāĻ āύেāĻ। āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻĨা āĻŦāϞাāϰ āĻেāĻ āĻĨাāĻে āύা। āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϤে, āĻāĻ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻŽāϤ āĻŦāϏāĻŦাāϏ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ. āϤাāϰা āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āϏāĻĻāϏ্āϝেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϏুāĻ-āĻĻুঃāĻ āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে āύিāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤāĻĒāĻ্āώে, āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧাāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāĻ āĻ
āϏāĻšাāϝ় āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦীāĻŖāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒুāύāϰ্āĻŦাāϏāύে āϏāĻŽাāĻে āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻূāĻŽিāĻা āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻāϰে। āĻŦāϝ়āϏ্āĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻাāĻী āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻāώ্āĻ āĻŦোāĻাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻি āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻে।
9. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Hason Raja : The mystic bard' by answering the following questions.
(a) Who is a mystic bard?
(b) How was Hason Raja's early life?
(c) What was his educational qualification?
(d) What did he write?
(e) Where did his songs become popular?
HASON RAJA : THE MYSTIC BARD
A bard is one who writes poems and songs. And a mystic is one who tries to search the truth and become united with God through prayers and meditation. Hason Raja is one of the famous mystic bards of Bangladesh. He was born in a wealthy landlord's family in 1854. He at first led a luxurious life, but later he gave away all his property, money and wealth. Though Hason Raja did not receive much formal education, he wrote a lot of songs and poems. Some of his songs were written in Hindi. In his songs he called himself 'Pagla Hason Raja'. His songs were popular in Bangladesh (especially in Sylhet) and India's West Bengal. Some eminent folk singers made his songs popular. All classes of people like his works very much.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
7. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻĻুঃāĻ āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻোāώāĻŖা āĻāϰেāĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻে āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āĻāĻ েāĻিāϞেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰি?
(āĻ) āĻাāϰা āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻেāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻāĻŦং āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি
āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļিāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āĻ
āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖীāϝ় āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻŽাāϰ্āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻāϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻŽাāϏ āĻাāϰāĻŖ 1971 āϏাāϞে āĻŦāĻ্āĻāĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻļেāĻ āĻŽুāĻিāĻŦুāϰ āϰāĻšāĻŽাāύ āĻāĻ āĻŽাāϏেāϰ 26 āϤাāϰিāĻ āĻোāϰে āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻোāώāĻŖা āĻāϰেāĻিāϞেāύ। āϏে āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻāϰ ⧍ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āĻāĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻāϰ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰি। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻŦীāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϞি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āĻেāĻে āĻāĻ ে āĻāĻŦং āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϝুāĻĻ্āϧ। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āύāϝ় āĻŽাāϏেāϰ āĻŦীāϰāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϝুāĻĻ্āϧেāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻ āĻŦāĻāϰেāϰ ā§§ā§Ŧ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻŦিāĻāϝ়ী āĻšāϝ় āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϝোāĻĻ্āϧাāϰা। āϤাāĻ ā§§ā§ŦāĻ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ। ⧧⧝ā§ā§§ āϏাāϞেāϰ āĻāĻ āĻĻিāύে āĻĒাāĻিāϏ্āϤাāύ āϏেāύাāĻŦাāĻšিāύীāϰ āύিঃāĻļāϰ্āϤ āĻāϤ্āĻŽāϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĒāĻŖেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāύ্āĻŽ āύেāϝ় āĻāĻāĻি āύāϤুāύ āĻাāϤিāϰ, āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ। āϤাāĻ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻāϰ 16āĻ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻāϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻŦং āĻāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰি। āĻ
āύ্āϝāĻĻিāĻে, āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĻুঃāĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏেāĻ āĻāύāĻāĻŖāĻে āϝাāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻā§āϏāϰ্āĻ āĻāϰেāĻিāϞেāύ। āϤাāĻ ā§¨ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āĻ āĻāĻŦং ā§§ā§ŦāĻ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻ
āύেāĻ āϤাā§āĻĒāϰ্āϝ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ
āĻ্āϰāĻāϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāύ্āϤāϰিāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻ
āĻ্āĻীāĻাāϰ āĻāϰা āĻāĻিāϤ। Class Six English Paragraph
10. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'The Taj Mahal' by answering the following questions.
(a) Whom was Taj Mahal named after?
(d) How was its architecture?
(b) Who built it?
(e) What is the area of Taj Mahal?
(c) When did Mumtaz die?
THE TAJ MAHAL
The Taj Mahal is one of the greatest wonders of the world. It is named after Mumtaz Mahal, the wife of the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan. It is also known as "The Taj". It is located at Agra in India. The Mughal emperor Shah Jahan loved his wife more than his own life. After the death of Mumtaz at an early age, Shah Jahan was very shocked. So he built this white marble tomb as a token of love for her. It is the finest example of Mughal architecture. The area of the Taj is 1003 acres or 405 hectares and it took 21 years and thousands of artisans to complete the tomb. It combines the art of Persia, Turkey and India. Class Six English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
10. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϤাāĻāĻŽāĻšāϞ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āϤাāĻāĻŽāĻšāϞ āĻাāϰ āύাāĻŽে āύাāĻŽāĻāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(d) āĻāϰ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāϤ্āϝ āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻে āĻāĻি āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻāϰেāĻেāύ?
(āĻ) āϤাāĻāĻŽāĻšāϞেāϰ āĻāϝ়āϤāύ āĻāϤ?
(āĻ) āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāĻ āĻāĻāύ āĻŽাāϰা āϝাāύ?
āϤাāĻāĻŽāĻšāϞ
āϤাāĻāĻŽāĻšāϞ āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāώ্āĻ āĻāĻļ্āĻāϰ্āϝেāϰ āĻāĻāĻি। āĻŽুāĻāϞ āϏāĻŽ্āϰাāĻ āĻļাāĻšāĻাāĻšাāύেāϰ āϏ্āϤ্āϰী āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāĻ āĻŽāĻšāϞেāϰ āύাāĻŽাāύুāϏাāϰে āĻāϰ āύাāĻŽāĻāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻি "āϤাāĻ" āύাāĻŽেāĻ āĻĒāϰিāĻিāϤ। āĻāĻি āĻাāϰāϤেāϰ āĻāĻ্āϰাāϝ় āĻ
āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ। āĻŽুāĻāϞ āϏāĻŽ্āϰাāĻ āĻļাāĻšāĻাāĻšাāύ āϤাāϰ āϏ্āϤ্āϰীāĻে āύিāĻেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻেāϝ়েāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻাāϞোāĻŦাāϏāϤেāύ। āĻ
āϞ্āĻĒ āĻŦāϝ়āϏে āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāĻেāϰ āĻŽৃāϤ্āϝুāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻļাāĻšāĻাāĻšাāύ āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻŽāϰ্āĻŽাāĻšāϤ āĻšāύ। āϤাāĻ āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻাāϞāĻŦাāϏাāϰ āύিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻāĻ āϏাāĻĻা āĻŽাāϰ্āĻŦেāϞ āϏāĻŽাāϧিāĻি āϤৈāϰি āĻāϰেāĻিāϞেāύ। āĻāĻি āĻŽুāĻāϞ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāϤ্āϝেāϰ āϏāϰ্āĻŦোāϤ্āϤāĻŽ āύিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ। āϤাāĻেāϰ āĻāϝ়āϤāύ 1003 āĻāĻāϰ āĻŦা 405 āĻšেāĻ্āĻāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽাāϧিāĻি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻāϰāϤে 21 āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻšাāĻাāϰ āĻšাāĻাāϰ āĻাāϰিāĻāϰ āϞেāĻেāĻিāϞ। āĻāĻি āĻĒাāϰāϏ্āϝ, āϤুāϰāϏ্āĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻাāϰāϤেāϰ āĻļিāϞ্āĻĒāĻে āĻāĻāϤ্āϰিāϤ āĻāϰেāĻে।
11. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'The Eiffel Tower' by answering the following questions.
(a) Who built the tower and when?
(d) How many levels are there in the tower?
(b) How tall is it?
(e) Why is it famous?
(c) What does it symbolize?
THE EIFFEL TOWER
The Eiffel Tower is a lattice tower in Paris. It was built in 1889. The tower is named after the engineer Gustave Eiffel, whose company designed and built it. It is 320 metres (1,050 ft) tall, about the same height as an 81—storey building. It stands as one of the most recognisable structures in the world. Now it symbolises the cultural icon of France. The tower is famous as the tallest construction in Paris and the most visited monument in the world. Millions of people ascend it every year. The tower has three levels for visitors. A visitor has to walk over 300 steps to go from ground level to the first level and same distance from the first to the second level. The highest level can be accessed only by lift.C
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
11. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻĢেāϞ āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāύ āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻāϰেāύ?
(d) āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰে āĻāϝ়āĻি āϏ্āϤāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻি āĻāϤ āϞāĻŽ্āĻŦা?
(āĻ) āĻেāύ āĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻ্āϝাāϤ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āĻিāϏেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤীāĻ?
āĻāĻāĻĢেāϞ āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰ
āĻāĻāĻĢেāϞ āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻĒ্āϝাāϰিāϏেāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϞ āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰ। āĻāĻি 1889 āϏাāϞে āύিāϰ্āĻŽিāϤ āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ। āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰāĻিāϰ āύাāĻŽāĻāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻে āĻĒ্āϰāĻৌāĻļāϞী āĻুāϏ্āϤাāĻ āĻāĻāĻĢেāϞেāϰ āύাāĻŽাāύুāϏাāϰে, āϝাāϰ āĻোāĻŽ্āĻĒাāύি āĻāĻিāϰ āĻĄিāĻাāĻāύ āĻ āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻāϰেāĻিāϞ। āĻāĻি 320 āĻŽিāĻাāϰ (1,050 āĻĢুāĻ) āϞāĻŽ্āĻŦা, āĻāĻāĻি 81-āϤāϞা āĻāĻŦāύেāϰ āϏāĻŽাāύ āĻāĻ্āĻāϤা। āĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏāĻŦāĻেāϝ়ে āϏ্āĻŦীāĻৃāϤ āĻাāĻ াāĻŽোāĻুāϞিāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻāĻি āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻি āĻĢ্āϰাāύ্āϏেāϰ āϏাংāϏ্āĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻāĻāĻāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤীāĻ। āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰāĻি āĻĒ্āϝাāϰিāϏেāϰ āϏāĻŦāĻেāϝ়ে āĻঁāĻু āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏāĻŦāĻেāϝ়ে āĻŦেāĻļি āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻāϰা āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤিāϏ্āϤāĻŽ্āĻ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻŦিāĻ্āϝাāϤ। āϞāĻ্āώ āϞāĻ্āώ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻāĻি āĻāϰোāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰে। āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰāĻিāϤে āĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϤিāύāĻি āϏ্āϤāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻে āĻ্āϰাāĻāύ্āĻĄ āϞেāĻেāϞ āĻĨেāĻে āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āϞেāĻেāϞে āϝেāϤে 300 āĻāĻĻāĻŽ āĻ
āϤিāĻ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻে āĻĻ্āĻŦিāϤীāϝ় āϞেāĻেāϞে āĻāĻāĻ āĻĻূāϰāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ
āϤিāĻ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āϏāϰ্āĻŦোāĻ্āĻ āϏ্āϤāϰ āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āϞিāĻĢāĻ āĻĻ্āĻŦাāϰা āĻ
্āϝাāĻ্āϏেāϏ āĻāϰা āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে.
12. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Computer' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is the benefit of computer?
(c) Is it a luxury?
(b) What can we get in a minute from a computer?
(d) Does it make our life easy?
COMPUTER
Computer is one of the recent inventions of modern science. We use computer now in every sphere of our life. If we have a computer with us, we do not suffer from loneliness or any communication gap wherever we live. Computer has given a new meaning to human life and civilisation. Computer is a must for various necessary works in modern world. In a minute we can get access to many books, libraries, journals, and various kinds of information through computer. In the present world computer is not a luxury but it is a need like a pen or pencil. We can use internet through it for sending mails and communicate with friends. So computer makes our life so easy that we can do everything sitting in our room using it. It has brought the world in our grip.
āĻ
āύুাāĻŦāĻĻ:
12. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰেāϰ āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āĻি āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻ āĻŽিāύিāĻে āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻী āĻĒেāϤে āĻĒাāϰি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύāĻে āϏāĻšāĻ āĻāϰে āϤোāϞে?
āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ
āĻāϧুāύিāĻ āĻŦিāĻ্āĻাāύেāϰ āϏাāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ āĻāĻŦিāώ্āĻাāϰāĻুāϞোāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻ
āύ্āϝāϤāĻŽ। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻি āĻ্āώেāϤ্āϰে āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰি। āϝāĻĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻāĻি āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻĨাāĻে āϤāĻŦে āĻāĻŽāϰা āϝেāĻাāύেāĻ āĻĨাāĻি āύা āĻেāύ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻাāĻীāϤ্āĻŦ āĻŦা āϝোāĻাāϝোāĻেāϰ āĻোāύো āĻĢাঁāĻে āĻুāĻি āύা। āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻ āϏāĻ্āϝāϤাāĻে āύāϤুāύ āĻ
āϰ্āĻĨ āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāϧুāύিāĻ āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦে āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύীāϝ় āĻাāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻ
āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ। āĻāĻ āĻŽিāύিāĻে āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰেāϰ āĻŽাāϧ্āϝāĻŽে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŦāĻ, āϞাāĻāĻŦ্āϰেāϰি, āĻাāϰ্āύাāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāĻŖেāϰ āϤāĻĨ্āϝ āĻ
্āϝাāĻ্āϏেāϏ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āĻŦāϰ্āϤāĻŽাāύ āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦে āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻোāύো āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা āύāϝ় āĻŦāϰং āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻāϞāĻŽ āĻŦা āĻĒেāύ্āϏিāϞেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύ। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāϰ āĻŽাāϧ্āϝāĻŽে āĻŽেāĻāϞ āĻĒাāĻ াāϤে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϝোāĻাāϝোāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻāύ্āĻাāϰāύেāĻ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āϤাāĻ āĻāĻŽ্āĻĒিāĻāĻাāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύāĻে āĻāϤ āϏāĻšāĻ āĻāϰে āϤোāϞে āϝে āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻি āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰে āĻŦāϏে āϏāĻŦāĻিāĻু āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦāĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽুāĻ োāϝ় āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϏেāĻে।
13. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Mobile Phone' by answering the following questions.
(a) What has changed the role of a telephone?
(b) Who used telephone before?
(c) Do we only use mobile phone to communicate?
(d) Is mobile phone a luxury?
MOBILE PHONE
Cable telephones or land line phones are going to be history very soon and mobile phone has changed the role of a telephone. When Alexander Graham Bell invented telephone, it was a surprise for the people of the world. For the next hundred years or so it was a facility only for a few wealthy people. But now everybody, from a rickshaw puller to upper class people, use mobile phone. So it is not a luxury now. We use mobile phone not only for communication but also for listening to music, taking photographs, storing data, browsing the net, etc. Now we are more connected to others. Now we can share our information, opinion, knowledge, dream, etc within a second from one part to another part of the world.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
13. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻেāϞিāĻĢোāύেāϰ āĻূāĻŽিāĻা āĻী āĻĒāϰিāĻŦāϰ্āϤāύ āĻāϰেāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻে āĻāĻে āĻেāϞিāĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰāϤেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻি āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āϝোāĻাāϝোāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰি?
(d) āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻি āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা?
āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ
āĻ্āϝাāĻŦāϞ āĻেāϞিāĻĢোāύ āĻŦা āϞ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āϞাāĻāύ āĻĢোāύ āĻুāĻŦ āĻļীāĻ্āϰāĻ āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏ āĻšāϤে āĻāϞেāĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻেāϞিāĻĢোāύেāϰ āĻূāĻŽিāĻা āĻŦāĻĻāϞে āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāϞেāĻāĻাāύ্āĻĄাāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻšাāĻŽ āĻŦেāϞ āϝāĻāύ āĻেāϞিāĻĢোāύ āĻāĻŦিāϏ্āĻাāϰ āĻāϰেāύ, āϤāĻāύ āϤা āĻিāϞ āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϝ়। āĻĒāϰেāϰ āĻāĻāĻļ āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻŦা āϤাāϰāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϧāϰে āĻāĻি āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āĻিāĻু āϧāύী āϞোāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻিāϞ। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻāĻāύ āϰিāĻāĻļাāĻাāϞāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻļুāϰু āĻāϰে āĻāĻ্āĻāĻŦিāϤ্āϤ āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰে। āϤাāĻ āĻāĻা āĻāĻāύ āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা āύāϝ়। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻļুāϧু āϝোāĻাāϝোāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝāĻ āύāϝ়, āĻাāύ āĻļোāύা, āĻāĻŦি āϤোāϞা, āĻĄেāĻা āϏংāϰāĻ্āώāĻŖ, āύেāĻ āĻŦ্āϰাāĻāĻিং āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝāĻ āĻŽোāĻŦাāĻāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻāϰি। āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻ
āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāϰāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āϏংāϝুāĻ্āϤ। āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϤāĻĨ্āϝ, āĻŽāϤাāĻŽāϤ, āĻ্āĻাāύ, āϏ্āĻŦāĻĒ্āύ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻāĻ āϏেāĻেāύ্āĻĄেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻāĻ āĻ
ংāĻļ āĻĨেāĻে āĻ
āύ্āϝ āĻ
ংāĻļে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি।
14. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Unity is Strength' by answering the following questions.
(a) Why was the old man anxious?
(c) Could they break the single sticks?
(b) Were they able to break the bundle?
(d) What did they realise at last?
UNITY IS STRENGTH
Long ago and far away there was an old farmer who had seven sons. They always quarreled with each other. He was anxious about his sons' future because he was very old. He got a plan. He tied seven sticks together and made a bundle. Then he asked his sons to break the bundle. Each of the sons tried one by one but failed. They were not strong enough to break the bundle. Then the old farmer smiled and untied the bundle. He gave each of them only a stick and asked them to break it. This time they did it very easily. Then the old farmer told his sons that nobody could do any harm to them if they lived united. At last they realised what their father wanted to teach them.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
14. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'Unity is Strength' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻেāύ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻāĻĻ্āĻŦিāĻ্āύ āĻিāϞেāύ?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰা āĻি āĻāĻāĻ āϞাāĻ ি āĻাāĻāϤে āĻĒাāϰে?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰা āĻি āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞ āĻাāĻāϤে āĻĒেāϰেāĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰা āĻļেāώ āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻী āĻŦুāĻāϤে āĻĒেāϰেāĻিāϞ?
āĻāĻāϤাāĻ āĻŦāϞ
āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻāĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĻূāϰে āĻāĻ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻৃāώāĻ āĻিāϞ āϝাāϰ āϏাāϤāĻি āĻেāϞে āĻিāϞ। āϤাāϰা āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻāĻে āĻ
āĻĒāϰেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻāĻĄ়া āĻāϰāϤ। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻেāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻŦিāώ্āϝāϤ āύিāϝ়ে āĻāĻĻ্āĻŦিāĻ্āύ āĻিāϞেāύ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āϤিāύি āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ। āϤিāύি āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒāϰিāĻāϞ্āĻĒāύা āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻেāύ। āϤিāύি āϏাāϤāĻি āϞাāĻ ি āĻāĻāϏাāĻĨে āĻŦেঁāϧে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞ āϤৈāϰি āĻāϰāϞেāύ। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻেāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞāĻি āĻাāĻāϤে āĻŦāϞেāύ। āĻেāϞেāϰা āĻāĻে āĻāĻে āĻেāώ্āĻা āĻāϰেāĻ āĻŦ্āϝāϰ্āĻĨ āĻšāϞো। āϤাāϰা āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞ āĻাāĻ্āĻা āϝāĻĨেāώ্āĻ āĻļāĻ্āϤিāĻļাāϞী āĻিāϞ āύা. āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻৃāώāĻ āĻšেāϏে āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞāĻি āĻুāϞāϞেāύ। āϤিāύি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝেāĻāĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻāϰে āϞাāĻ ি āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻিāϞেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϤা āĻাāĻāϤে āĻŦāϞāϞেāύ। āĻāĻŦাāϰ āϤাāϰা āĻুāĻŦ āϏāĻšāĻে āϤা āĻāϰেāĻে। āϤāĻāύ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻৃāώāĻ āϤাāϰ āĻেāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦāϞāϞেāύ, āϤাāϰা āĻāĻāϤ্āϰিāϤ āĻšāϞে āĻেāĻ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻোāύো āĻ্āώāϤি āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻŦে āύা। āĻ
āĻŦāĻļেāώে āϤাāϰা āĻŦুāĻāϤে āĻĒেāϰেāĻিāϞ āϝে āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻŦা āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻী āĻļেāĻাāϤে āĻাāύ।
15. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Manpower of Bangladesh' by answering the following questions.
(a) How many Bangladeshis work abroad?
(b) What countries do they work in?
(c) How do our workers perform?
(d) How do our people help our country?
MANPOWER OF BANGLADESH
Manpower means the number of workers available to do a particular job. As Bangladesh is a populous country, it has a huge manpower. A huge number of Bangladeshis work abroad. It is due to the high demand of our manpower in foreign countries. Countries like United Arab Emirates, Oman, Qatar, Bahrain and Singapore import Bangladeshi manpower for their hardworking nature. Bangladeshi people also work in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Syria, Egypt, Libya, etc. Besides, a large number of skilled professionals migrate to the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, UK and other European countries each year. Bangladesh gets lots of remittance or foreign exchange from these wage earners abroad. Class Six English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
15. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāύāĻļāĻ্āϤি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞেāĻ।
(āĻ) āĻāϤāĻāύ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļি āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰা āĻোāύ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŽীāϰা āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে?
(d) āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļāĻে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰে?
āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāύāĻļāĻ্āϤি
āĻāύāĻļāĻ্āϤি āĻŽাāύে āĻāĻāĻি āύিāϰ্āĻĻিāώ্āĻ āĻাāĻ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻĒāϞāĻŦ্āϧ āĻļ্āϰāĻŽিāĻেāϰ āϏংāĻ্āϝা। āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻāĻāĻি āĻāύāĻŦāĻšুāϞ āĻĻেāĻļ āĻšāĻāϝ়াāϝ় āĻāϰ āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āĻāύāĻļāĻ্āϤি āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āϏংāĻ্āϝāĻ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļি āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύāĻļāĻ্āϤিāϰ āĻāĻ্āĻ āĻাāĻšিāĻĻাāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে। āϏংāϝুāĻ্āϤ āĻāϰāĻŦ āĻāĻŽিāϰাāϤ, āĻāĻŽাāύ, āĻাāϤাāϰ, āĻŦাāĻšāϰাāĻāύ āĻāĻŦং āϏিāĻ্āĻাāĻĒুāϰেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻĻেāĻļāĻুāϞি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽী āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļি āĻāύāĻļāĻ্āϤি āĻāĻŽāĻĻাāύি āĻāϰে। āϏৌāĻĻি āĻāϰāĻŦ, āĻুāϝ়েāϤ, āĻāϰাāύ, āĻāϰাāĻ, āĻāϰ্āĻĄাāύ, āϏিāϰিāϝ়া, āĻŽিāĻļāϰ, āϞিāĻŦিāϝ়া āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāϤেāĻ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļিāϰা āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻাāĻĄ়া āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āϏংāĻ্āϝāĻ āĻĻāĻ্āώ āĻĒেāĻļাāĻĻাāϰ āϝুāĻ্āϤāϰাāώ্āĻ্āϰ, āĻাāύাāĻĄা, āĻ
āϏ্āĻ্āϰেāϞিāϝ়া, āύিāĻāĻিāϞ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ, āϝুāĻ্āϤāϰাāĻ্āϝ āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāϰোāĻĒীāϝ় āĻĻেāĻļে āĻĒাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻŽাāϝ়। āĻŦāĻāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻāĻ āĻŽāĻুāϰি āĻāĻĒাāϰ্āĻāύāĻাāϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āϰেāĻŽিāĻ্āϝাāύ্āϏ āĻŦা āĻŦৈāĻĻেāĻļিāĻ āĻŽুāĻĻ্āϰা āĻĒাāϝ়। Class Six English Paragraph
16. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Too Much or Too Little Water' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is water?
(b) What happens if there is heavy rain?
(c) What happens in the rainy season?
(d) What happens if there is no rain?
TOO MUCH OR TOO LITTLE WATER
Water is the most useful element for human and all other living beings. Without water no living beings can survive on earth. But sometimes, this water creates sufferings for us. Sometimes it rains so heavily that floods occur. When the water of the river increases in the rainy season, it submerges vast areas of the land, towns and villages. So, it brings lots of miseries if there is too much water. If there is no rainfall for a long period of time, drought occurs. Sometimes rivers dry up, or the water level underground may sink very low. So, if there is too little water that also causes a lot of suffering to the people. We need safe and clean water for our life on earth.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
16. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻুāĻŦ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦা āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽ āĻāϞ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻāϞ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻাāϰী āĻŦৃāώ্āĻি āĻšāϞে āĻী āĻšāĻŦে?
(āĻ) āĻŦāϰ্āώাāϝ় āĻী āĻšāϝ়?
(d) āĻŦৃāώ্āĻি āύা āĻšāϞে āĻি āĻšāĻŦে?
āĻুāĻŦ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦা āĻুāĻŦ āĻ āϞ্āĻĒ āĻāϞ
āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻীāĻŦেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāϞ āϏāĻŦāĻেāϝ়ে āĻĻāϰāĻাāϰী āĻāĻĒাāĻĻাāύ। āĻĒাāύি āĻাāĻĄ়া āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϤে āĻোāύো āĻীāĻŦāĻ āĻŦেঁāĻে āĻĨাāĻāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ, āĻāĻ āĻāϞ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻোāĻ āϏৃāώ্āĻি āĻāϰে. āĻāĻāύো āĻāĻāύো āĻāϤ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦৃāώ্āĻি āĻšāϝ় āϝে āĻŦāύ্āϝা āĻšāϝ়। āĻŦāϰ্āώাāϝ় āύāĻĻীāϰ āĻĒাāύি āĻŦাāĻĄ়āϞে āϤা āϤāϞিāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ় āĻāĻŽি, āĻļāĻšāϰ āĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦিāϏ্āϤীāϰ্āĻŖ āĻāϞাāĻা। āϏুāϤāϰাং, āĻুāĻŦ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻāϞ āĻĨাāĻāϞে āĻāĻি āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻোāĻ āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϏে। āĻĻীāϰ্āĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϧāϰে āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāĻĒাāϤ āύা āĻšāϞে āĻāϰা āĻĻেāĻা āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āύāĻĻীāĻুāϞি āĻļুāĻিāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ়, āĻŦা āĻূāĻāϰ্āĻāϏ্āĻĨ āĻāϞেāϰ āϏ্āϤāϰ āĻুāĻŦ āύীāĻে āĻĄুāĻŦে āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϤাāĻ āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽ āĻĒাāύি āĻĨাāĻāϞে āϤাāĻ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻোāĻেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়াāϝ়। āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϤে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āύিāϰাāĻĒāĻĻ āĻ āĻŦিāĻļুāĻĻ্āϧ āĻĒাāύি āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύ।
Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph,. Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph,
B. CLASS SIX NON-TEXTUAL PARAGRAPH
17. Write a paragraph on 'Your Mother' by answering the following questions :
(a) Who is your mother?
(c) What is she?
(b) How is she when you are ill?
(d) What does she do in the time of leisure?
MY MOTHER
There is no word sweeter than the name of mother. In this world, all human beings can be passionate by the utterance of the word mother. The name of my mother is Mrs. Momtaz Rahman. She is about forty years old. I love my mother most because she is dearest to me. My mother is an ideal and modest housewife. She is polite, affectionate and intelligent. Although she always remains busy with our house hold chores, she is very much conscious about all the members of our family. My mother is a kind-hearted woman, she is very much conscious about my study and my health. She is a religious minded woman and a follower of strict principles. She helps the poor and helpless people in our village. Above all, she bears a moral character along with multifarious qualities. There is none so dear to me as my mother. She is a lady to whom I always pay due respect. I am greatly boastful of my mother.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
17. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻŽা'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻŽা āĻে?
(āĻ) āϏে āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻ
āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻšāϞে āϤিāύি āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻāĻেāύ?
(d) āĻ
āĻŦāϏāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ়ে āϏে āĻি āĻāϰে?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽা
āĻŽাāϝ়েāϰ āύাāĻŽেāϰ āĻেāϝ়ে āĻŽāϧুāϰ āĻোāύো āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻ āύেāĻ। āĻāĻ āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϤে āĻŽা āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻ্āĻাāϰāĻŖে āϏāĻāϞ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ āĻāĻŦেāĻāĻĒ্āϰāĻŦāĻŖ āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāϝ়েāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻŽিāϏেāϏ āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāĻ āϰāĻšāĻŽাāύ। āϤাāϰ āĻŦāϝ়āϏ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āĻāϞ্āϞিāĻļ। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāĻে āϏāĻŦāĻেāϝ়ে āĻŦেāĻļি āĻাāϞোāĻŦাāϏি āĻাāϰāĻŖ āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϏāĻŦāĻেāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ়। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽা āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ āĻŦিāύāϝ়ী āĻৃāĻšিāĻŖী। āϤিāύি āĻŦিāύāϝ়ী, āϏ্āύেāĻšāĻļীāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦুāĻĻ্āϧিāĻŽাāύ। āϝāĻĻিāĻ āϏে āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϰেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻে, āϤāĻŦুāĻ āϏে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āϏāĻāϞ āϏāĻĻāϏ্āϝেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝাāĻĒাāϰে āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻেāϤāύ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽা āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻĻāϝ়াāϞু āĻŽāĻšিāϞা, āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļোāύা āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻুāĻŦ āϏāĻেāϤāύ। āϤিāύি āĻāĻāĻāύ āϧāϰ্āĻŽীāϝ় āĻŽাāύāϏিāĻāϤাāϰ āύাāϰী āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ োāϰ āύীāϤিāϰ āĻ
āύুāϏাāϰী। āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻĻāϰিāĻĻ্āϰ āĻ āĻ
āϏāĻšাāϝ় āĻŽাāύুāώāĻে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰেāύ। āϏāϰ্āĻŦোāĻĒāϰি, āϤিāύি āĻŦāĻšুāĻŦিāϧ āĻুāĻŖাāĻŦāϞী āϏāĻš āĻāĻāĻি āύৈāϤিāĻ āĻāϰিāϤ্āϰ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāϝ়েāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻāϰ āĻেāĻ āύেāĻ। āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽāĻšিāϞা āϝাāĻে āĻāĻŽি āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āϝāĻĨাāϝāĻĨ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽাāύ āĻāϰি। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāĻে āύিāϝ়ে āĻুāĻŦ āĻ
āĻšংāĻাāϰী।
18. Write a paragraph on 'Your Native Village' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is the name of your native village?
(b) How many people are there in your native village?
(c) What institutions are there in your native village?
(d) How is your native village?
MY NATIVE VILLAGE
The name of my native village is Hasanpur and it is in the district of Pabna. It is a big village and almost five thousand people live in this village. Most of the people of this village are farmers. Some people of this village are also engaged in other professions. It has a high school, a college, two primary schools, three mosques, a hospital, a post office, etc. For all these other villages are also dependent on our village. The natural sight of our village attracts all kinds of people. It looks like a wonderland. A small river flowing by the side of our village adds a special beauty to it. We bathe in the river and catch fish in it. Sometimes, the villagers arrange boat race in this river. My village is blessed with so much natural gifts and beauties. I am proud of my native village.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
18. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻāĻĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽে āĻāϤāĻāύ āϞোāĻ āĻāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āύিāĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽে āĻোāύ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻāĻে?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻāĻĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻেāĻŽāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āύেāĻিāĻ āĻিāϞেāĻ
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻšাāϏাāύāĻĒুāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻি āĻĒাāĻŦāύা āĻেāϞাāϝ়। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āĻĒাঁāĻ āĻšাāĻাāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŦāϏāĻŦাāϏ। āĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻ
āϧিāĻাংāĻļ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ āĻৃāώāĻ। āĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻিāĻু āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻ
āύ্āϝ āĻĒেāĻļাāϝ়āĻ āύিāϝ়োāĻিāϤ। āĻāĻাāύে āĻāĻāĻি āĻšাāĻāϏ্āĻুāϞ, āĻāĻāĻি āĻāϞেāĻ, āĻĻুāĻি āĻĒ্āϰাāĻĨāĻŽিāĻ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়, āϤিāύāĻি āĻŽāϏāĻিāĻĻ, āĻāĻāĻি āĻšাāϏāĻĒাāϤাāϞ, āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒোāϏ্āĻ āĻ
āĻĢিāϏ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāϏāĻŦেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽāĻুāϞিāĻ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āύিāϰ্āĻāϰāĻļীāϞ। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āϏāĻŦ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻে āĻāĻৃāώ্āĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϝ়āĻāϰ āĻĻেāĻļ āĻŽāύে āĻšāϝ়. āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒাāĻļ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦāϝ়ে āĻāϞা āĻāĻāĻি āĻোāĻ āύāĻĻী āĻāϤে āĻāĻ āĻŦিāĻļেāώ āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ āϝোāĻ āĻāϰেāĻে। āĻāĻŽāϰা āύāĻĻীāϤে āĻোāϏāϞ āĻāϰি āĻāĻŦং āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰি। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āĻ্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏীāϰা āĻāĻ āύāĻĻীāϤে āύৌāĻাāĻŦাāĻāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāϝোāĻিāϤাāϰ āĻāϝ়োāĻāύ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻāĻĒāĻšাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝে āϧāύ্āϝ। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻāύ্āĻŽ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽ āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϰ্āĻŦিāϤ।
19. Write a paragraph on 'Your Daily Life' by answering the following questions :
(a) When do you get up from bed?
(d) When do you go to bed?
(b) What do you do in the afternoon?
(e) When do you go to school?
(c) What do you do after rising from bed?
MY DAILY LIFE
I am a student and I read in Class VII. I get up early in the morning from bed and brush my teeth. Then I go out for walk and return home after some time. Then I take my breakfast and go to my reading room. I read till 9:30 am and then take my bath. I go to school at 10 am and attend my classes. I return from school at 4 pm and take my lunch. I go to the field at 5 pm and play with my friends. After returning from field, I have a nice shower and have tea with other members of my family. After Magrib prayer, I sit to study and continue till 9.30 pm. Then I take supper and enjoy TV news. At 11 pm, I go to sleep after brushing my teeth.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
19. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĻৈāύāύ্āĻĻিāύ āĻীāĻŦāύ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āĻŦিāĻাāύা āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻ āĻŦেāύ?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āĻুāĻŽাāϤে āϝাāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻŦিāĻেāϞে āĻি āĻāϰেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āϏ্āĻুāϞে āϝাāύ?
(āĻ) āĻŦিāĻাāύা āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻ াāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻĒāύি āĻী āĻāϰেāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĻৈāύāύ্āĻĻিāύ āĻীāĻŦāύ
āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽি āϏāĻĒ্āϤāĻŽ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāϤে āĻĒāĻĄ়ি। āĻāĻŽি āϏāĻাāϞে āĻুāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻ ে āĻĻাঁāϤ āĻŦ্āϰাāĻļ āĻāϰি। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻšাঁāĻāϤে āĻŦেāϰ āĻšāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻিāĻুāĻ্āώāĻŖ āĻĒāϰ āĻŦাāϏাāϝ় āĻĢিāϰে āĻāϏি। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āύাāϏ্āϤা āĻāϰে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāϰ āĻāϰে āĻāϞে āϝাāĻ। āϏāĻাāϞ āϏাāĻĄ়ে ⧝āĻা āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻĒāĻĄ়ি āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻোāϏāϞ āĻāϰি। āĻāĻŽি āϏāĻাāϞ ā§§ā§ĻāĻাāϝ় āϏ্āĻুāϞে āϝাāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏে āĻāĻĒāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ āĻšāĻ। āĻāĻŽি āĻŦিāĻেāϞ ā§ĒāĻাāϝ় āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻĨেāĻে āĻĢিāϰে āĻĻুāĻĒুāϰেāϰ āĻাāĻŦাāϰ āĻাāĻ। āĻŦিāĻেāϞ ā§ĢāĻাāϝ় āĻŽাāĻ ে āϝাāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻেāϞি। āĻŽাāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻĢিāϰে, āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻāĻি āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻোāϏāϞ āĻāϰি āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āϏāĻĻāϏ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻা āĻাāĻ। āĻŽাāĻāϰিāĻŦেāϰ āύাāĻŽাāĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽি āĻĒāĻĄ়āϤে āĻŦāϏে āĻĨাāĻি āĻāĻŦং āϰাāϤ āϏাāĻĄ়ে ⧝āĻা āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻāϞāϤে āĻĨাāĻি। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽি āϰাāϤেāϰ āĻাāĻŦাāϰ āĻ্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰি āĻāĻŦং āĻিāĻি āϏংāĻŦাāĻĻ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰি। āϰাāϤ ā§§ā§§āĻাāϝ় āĻāĻŽি āĻĻাঁāϤ āĻŦ্āϰাāĻļ āĻāϰে āĻুāĻŽাāϤে āϝাāĻ। Class Six English Paragraph
20. Write a paragraph on 'Your Hobby' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is your hobby?
(b) What do you do for your hobby?
(c) Why is it your hobby?
(d) What do the other people think about your hobby?
MY HOBBY
Different people have different hobbies and my favourite hobby is gardening. I like this hobby because it gives me much pleasure and it keeps my mind always fresh. I have a flower garden in front of our house. I have planted a lot of flower plants in my garden. I work in my garden regularly. I make the soil of the garden loose and weed out all kinds of weeds. Different kinds of flowers such as rose, rajanigandha, gandharaj, karabi, sheuli, shefali, ganda, hasnahena, surjamukhi, etc bloom in my garden. These flowers make my garden very charming and spread sweet smell. Whenever I feel mentally exhausted, I stand beside my garden and my mind becomes fresh. Then I can fully devote myself to my studies. My garden is also a source of joy to others. All my neighbours come to see my garden and appreciate my initiative of making such a beautiful garden. So, other people also like my favourite hobby.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
20. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻি āĻāϰেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻেāύ āĻāĻা āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻ
āύ্āϝ āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻী āĻাāĻŦেāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļāĻ
āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻļāĻ āĻĨাāĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻļāĻ āĻšāϞ āĻŦাāĻাāύ āĻāϰা। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻ āĻļāĻāĻি āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰি āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻāύāύ্āĻĻ āĻĻেāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύāĻে āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āϏāϤেāĻ āϰাāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϰ āϏাāĻŽāύে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻāĻāĻা āĻĢুāϞেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύ āĻāĻে। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύে āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻĢুāϞেāϰ āĻাāϰা āϰোāĻĒāĻŖ āĻāϰেāĻি। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύে āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻাāĻ āĻāϰি। āĻāĻŽি āĻŦাāĻাāύেāϰ āĻŽাāĻি āĻāϞāĻা āĻāϰে āĻĻেāĻ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŦ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻāĻাāĻা āϤুāϞে āĻĻেāĻ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύে āĻোāϞাāĻĒ, āϰāĻāύীāĻāύ্āϧা, āĻāύ্āϧāϰাāĻ, āĻāϰāĻŦী, āĻļিāĻāϞি, āĻļেāĻĢাāϞী, āĻāύ্āĻĄা, āĻšাāϏāύাāĻšেāύা, āϏুāϰāĻাāĻŽুāĻী āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤি āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĢুāϞ āĻĢোāĻে। āĻāĻ āĻĢুāϞāĻুāϞি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύāĻে āĻুāĻŦ āĻŽোāĻšāύীāϝ় āĻāϰে āϤোāϞে āĻāĻŦং āĻŽিāώ্āĻি āĻāύ্āϧ āĻāĻĄ়াāϝ়। āϝāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻŽি āĻŽাāύāϏিāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻ্āϞাāύ্āϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰি, āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύেāϰ āĻĒাāĻļে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়াāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύ āϏāϤেāĻ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻāĻ ে। āϤাāĻšāϞে āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļোāύাāϝ় āύিāĻেāĻে āĻĒুāϰোāĻĒুāϰি āύিāϝ়োāĻিāϤ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻŦ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύāĻ āĻ
āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āĻā§āϏ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻŦেāĻļীāϰা āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύ āĻĻেāĻāϤে āĻāϏে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻāϤ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāύ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāĻĻ্āϝোāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļংāϏা āĻāϰে। āϤাāĻ, āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻļāĻ āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰে।
21. Write a paragraph on 'Your National Flag' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is a national flag?
(b) How is your national flag?
(c) What are the significances of different colours of your national flag?
(d) What is your feeling about your national flag?
OUR NATIONAL FLAG
A national flag is a special piece of cloth which is the symbol of independence of a country. We are independent and we have a national flag of our own. Our national flag is rectangular in shape. The flag is green in colour with a sun globe in the centre. The green colour signifies the youth, vigour and vitality of our nation. The blood red colour of the flag signifies the historic sacrifice of our nation for struggle of liberation. Our national flag is the strength of our national history and I am proud of it. Whenever we participate in any international meeting or conference, we carry our national flag to represent us. It works as a source of our inspiration and moral courage. We are always conscious of the high dignity of our national flag.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
21. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻাāϰ āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϰāĻেāϰ āϤাā§āĻĒāϰ্āϝ āĻী?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ
āύুāĻূāϤি āĻী?
āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা
āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻļেāώ āĻাāĻĒāĻĄ়েāϰ āĻুāĻāϰো āϝা āĻāĻāĻি āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤীāĻ। āĻāĻŽāϰা āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āύিāĻāϏ্āĻŦ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻāϝ়āϤাāĻাāϰ। āĻĒāϤাāĻাāϰ āĻŽাāĻāĻাāύে āĻāĻāĻি āϏূāϰ্āϝেāϰ āĻ্āϞোāĻŦ āϏāĻš āϏāĻŦুāĻ āϰāĻেāϰ। āϏāĻŦুāĻ āϰāĻ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤিāϰ āϤাāϰুāĻŖ্āϝ, āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖāĻļāĻ্āϤি āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖāĻļāĻ্āϤিāĻে āύিāϰ্āĻĻেāĻļ āĻāϰে। āĻĒāϤাāĻাāϰ āϰāĻ্āϤেāϰ āϞাāϞ āϰāĻ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤিāϰ āĻŽুāĻ্āϤিāϰ āϏংāĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ āĻāϤ্āĻŽāϤ্āϝাāĻেāϰ āĻāĻ্āĻিāϤ āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏেāϰ āĻļāĻ্āϤি āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻি āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϰ্āĻŦিāϤ। āϝāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻোāύো āĻāύ্āϤāϰ্āĻাāϤিāĻ āϏāĻা āĻŦা āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽেāϞāύে āĻ
ংāĻļāĻ্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰি, āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāύিāϧিāϤ্āĻŦ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻা āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻāϰি। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ
āύুāĻĒ্āϰেāϰāĻŖা āĻāĻŦং āύৈāϤিāĻ āϏাāĻšāϏেāϰ āĻā§āϏ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻাāϰ āĻāĻ্āĻ āĻŽāϰ্āϝাāĻĻা āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āϏāĻেāϤāύ।
22. Write a paragraph on 'Your School' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is the name of your school?
(b) Where is it?
(c) How is your school?
(d) How many students and teachers are there?
OUR SCHOOL
The name of our school is Bonogram High School and it is one of the well-known schools of our district. The school building is very nice and it is two-storeyed. The school has twenty rooms. Our Headmaster has a separate room. There is an office room in the school and the clerks work there. There is a spacious room for the teachers and a common room for the students. The school has twenty teachers and six hundred students. All the teachers are qualified and they are very helpful to us. The result of the school is also satisfactory. We consider our school as a real home of learning. A congenial atmosphere prevails in the school and everybody is co-operative to the development of the school. Our school is heavenlike and I love my school very much.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
22. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞেāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āĻোāĻĨাāϝ়?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāϤāĻāύ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻāĻে?
āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞ
āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻŦāύāĻ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻāĻ্āĻ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻেāϞাāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āϏুāĻĒāϰিāĻিāϤ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়। āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻāĻŦāύāĻি āĻুāĻŦāĻ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻি āĻĻোāϤāϞা। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻŦিāĻļāĻি āĻāĻ্āώ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻšেāĻĄāĻŽাāϏ্āĻাāϰেāϰ āĻāϞাāĻĻা āϰুāĻŽ āĻāĻে। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āĻĢিāϏ āĻāĻ্āώ āϰāϝ়েāĻে āĻāĻŦং āϏেāĻাāύে āĻেāϰাāύিāϰা āĻাāĻ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒ্āϰāĻļāϏ্āϤ āĻāĻ্āώ āĻāĻŦং āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻāĻŽāύ āϰুāĻŽ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়āĻিāϤে āĻŦিāĻļāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻ āĻāϝ়āĻļāϤ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϏāĻāϞ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻāĻ āϝোāĻ্āϝ āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻুāĻŦāĻ āϏāĻšাāϝ়āĻ। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĢāϞাāĻĢāϞāĻ āϏāύ্āϤোāώāĻāύāĻ। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞāĻে āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ āĻāϏāϞ āĻāϰ āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻŦিāĻŦেāĻāύা āĻāϰি। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻāĻāĻি āϏৌāĻšাāϰ্āĻĻ্āϝāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļ āĻŦিāϰাāĻ āĻāϰāĻে āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻāύ্āύāϝ়āύে āϏāĻšāϝোāĻিāϤা āĻāϰāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞ āϏ্āĻŦāϰ্āĻেāϰ āĻŽāϤ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞāĻে āĻুāĻŦ āĻাāϞāĻŦাāϏি।
23. Write a paragraph on 'My Classroom' by answering the following questions:
(a) What is a classroom?
(b) How is your classroom?
(c) How many students can seat in your classroom?
(d) What things are there in your classroom?
(e) What is your feeling about your classroom?
MY CLASSROOM
The room which is used to hold classes is called a classroom. My classroom is on the third floor of our school. It is forty feet long and thirty feet wide. It is gigantic in size. It is well ventilated. Almost eighty students can sit it. It has two doors and four big windows. There are forty desks in three rows in my classroom. There are five fans, four tube-lights, a white board and a dustbin in my classroom. There is also a high dias with a chair and a table for the teacher, so that the teacher can observe us properly from a high place. My classroom is neat and clean. I feel serenity and relief in my classroom because my classroom is calm and quiet. All these things make my classroom a standard. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
23. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώে āĻāϤāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻĒাāϰে?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώে āĻি āĻিāύিāϏ āĻāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ
āύুāĻূāϤি āĻি?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώ
āϝে āĻāĻ্āώāĻি āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšৃāϤ āĻšāϝ় āϤাāĻে āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώ āĻŦāϞে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞেāϰ āϤৃāϤীāϝ় āϤāϞাāϝ়। āĻāĻি āĻāϞ্āϞিāĻļ āĻĢুāĻ āϞāĻŽ্āĻŦা āĻāĻŦং āϤ্āϰিāĻļ āĻĢুāĻ āĻāĻāĻĄ়া। āĻāĻি āĻāĻাāϰে āĻŦিāĻļাāϞ। āĻāĻি āĻাāϞ āĻŦাāϝ়ুāĻāϞাāĻāϞ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়. āĻāϤে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āĻāĻļিāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāϰ āĻĻুāĻি āĻĻāϰāĻা āĻāĻŦং āĻাāϰāĻি āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻাāύাāϞা āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽে āϤিāύ āϏাāϰিāϤে āĻāϞ্āϞিāĻļāĻি āĻĄেāϏ্āĻ āĻāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽে āĻĒাঁāĻāĻি āĻĢ্āϝাāύ, āĻাāϰāĻি āĻিāĻāĻŦ-āϞাāĻāĻ, āĻāĻāĻি āϏাāĻĻা āĻŦোāϰ্āĻĄ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāĻি āĻĄাāϏ্āĻāĻŦিāύ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻেāϝ়াāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāĻি āĻেāĻŦিāϞ āϏāĻš āĻāĻāĻি āĻāĻ্āĻ āĻĄাāϝ়াāϏ āϰāϝ়েāĻে, āϝাāϤে āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻāĻ্āĻ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻĒāϰ্āϝāĻŦেāĻ্āώāĻŖ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻĒāϰিāĻĒাāĻি āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻাāϰ. āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώে āĻĒ্āϰāĻļাāύ্āϤি āĻāĻŦং āϏ্āĻŦāϏ্āϤি āĻ
āύুāĻāĻŦ āĻāϰি āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻāĻ্āώ āĻļাāύ্āϤ āĻāĻŦং āĻļাāύ্āϤ। āĻāĻ āϏāĻŦ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻāĻāĻি āĻŽাāύ.
24. Write a paragraph on 'Your Class Teacher' by answering the following questions:
(a) Who is your class teacher?
(d) How is his teaching method?
(b) What is his qualification?
(e) What do you know about his behaviour?
(c) What does he do to the students?
MY CLASS TEACHER
All of my teachers are good but my class teacher Mr. Mahabub Khan is favourite to me. He is our English teacher. He has all the qualities of a good teacher. He is a brilliant scholar with a sound academic career. He is an M.A in English. He is very candid in his activities. He is also diligent. He is helpful to the students. His teaching method is simple and lucid. He has a strong, clear and pleasant voice. He is able to make understood to his students in a easy ay. For this reason he can draw the attention of the student and can make the lesson interesting. Mr. Khan is not only a teacher but also a friend to the students. He treats his students like his children and he is very sympathetic to them. He is also enriched with a good secuse of Lurour. He possesses a good moral character. He is very strict to law and to his principles. He is respected by everyone for his all these qualities. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
24. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻিāĻাāϰ' āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻিāĻাāϰ āĻে?
(d) āϤাāϰ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāĻĻাāύ āĻĒāĻĻ্āϧāϤি āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰ āϝোāĻ্āϝāϤা āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āϤাāϰ āĻāĻāϰāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻি āĻাāύেāύ?
(āĻ) āϤিāύি āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻি āĻāϰেāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻিāĻাāϰ
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻāϰা āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻাāϞো āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻ্āϞাāϏ āĻিāĻাāϰ āĻāύাāĻŦ āĻŽাāĻšাāĻŦুāĻŦ āĻাāύ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻংāϰেāĻি āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ। āϤাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻাāϞো āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻেāϰ āϏāĻŦ āĻুāĻŖ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϤিāύি āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϞো āĻāĻাāĻĄেāĻŽিāĻ āĻ্āϝাāϰিāϝ়াāϰেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻ্āĻ্āĻŦāϞ āĻĒāĻŖ্āĻĄিāϤ। āϤিāύি āĻংāϰেāĻিāϤে M.A. āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻŽāĻাāύ্āĻĄে āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻāύ্āϤāϰিāĻ। āϤিāύিāĻ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽী। āϤিāύি āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϏāĻšাāϝ়āĻ। āϤাāϰ āĻĒাāĻ āĻĻাāύ āĻĒāĻĻ্āϧāϤি āϏāĻšāĻ āĻ āϏুāϏ্āĻĒāώ্āĻ। āϤাāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻļāĻ্āϤিāĻļাāϞী, āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻŽāύোāϰāĻŽ āĻāĻŖ্āĻ āϏ্āĻŦāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϤিāύি āϏāĻšāĻে āϤাāϰ āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦোāĻাāϤে āϏāĻ্āώāĻŽ। āĻ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āϏে āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāϰ āĻĻৃāώ্āĻি āĻāĻāϰ্āώāĻŖ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻĒাāĻ āĻে āĻāĻāϰ্āώāĻŖীāϝ় āĻāϰে āϤুāϞāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāύাāĻŦ āĻাāύ āĻļুāϧু āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻāĻ āύāύ, āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻ āĻŦāĻে। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϤাāϰ āϏāύ্āϤাāύেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻāĻāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϤিāύি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϏāĻšাāύুāĻূāϤিāĻļীāϞ। āϤিāύি Lurour āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϞ secuse āϏāĻ্āĻে āϏāĻŽৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻšāϝ়. āϤিāύি āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϞ āύৈāϤিāĻ āĻāϰিāϤ্āϰেāϰ āĻ
āϧিāĻাāϰী। āϤিāύি āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰ āύীāϤিāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻāĻ োāϰ। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻāĻ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻুāĻŖাāĻŦāϞীāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϏāĻāϞেāϰ āĻাāĻে āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽাāύিāϤ। Class 6 English Paragraph
25. Write a paragraph on 'My favourite food' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is your favourite food?
(c) Why do you like it?
(b) How is it made?
(d) Is it always available?
MY FAVOURITE FOOD
Food is very important for our body because we can not live without it. We should eat nutritious food. Food must contain natural elements that our body needs to grow properly. My favorite food is custard. It is very easy to prepare. I can prepare it myself. Often I have it in the evening. Milk and fruits of different kind are needed to prepare custard. We need to drink milk everyday. Milk is rich in calcium. It is good for our healthy growth. It makes our bones and teeth strong. We must eat fruits. They contain a lot of vitamins and minerals. They keep our body free from diseases. They are also good for our skin and health. I get all the necessary vitamins in custard. It is very delicious as well as nutritious. I like to take it very much. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
25. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻাāĻŦাāϰ'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻাāĻŦাāϰ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻেāύ āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻা āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āϤৈāϰি āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়?
(d) āĻāĻা āĻি āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝাāϝ়?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻাāĻĻ্āϝ
āĻাāĻĻ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻāĻি āĻাāĻĄ়া āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻŦাঁāĻāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āύা। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒুāώ্āĻিāĻāϰ āĻাāĻŦাāϰ āĻেāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻাāĻŦাāϰে āĻ
āĻŦāĻļ্āϝāĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻāĻĒাāĻĻাāύ āĻĨাāĻāϤে āĻšāĻŦে āϝা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻাāĻŦাāϰ āĻাāϏ্āĻাāϰ্āĻĄ। āĻāĻি āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ āĻāϰা āĻুāĻŦ āϏāĻšāĻ। āĻāĻŽি āύিāĻেāĻ āĻāĻি āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ়āĻ āĻāĻŽি āϏāύ্āϧ্āϝাāϝ় āĻāĻা āĻāĻে. āĻাāϏ্āĻাāϰ্āĻĄ āϤৈāϰিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĻুāϧ āĻ āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĢāϞ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύ। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻĻিāύ āĻĻুāϧ āĻĒাāύ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻĻুāϧে āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŽাāĻŖে āĻ্āϝাāϞāϏিāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻĨাāĻে। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻাāϞো। āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻšাāĻĄ় āĻ āĻĻাঁāϤāĻে āĻŽāĻāĻŦুāϤ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĢāϞ āĻেāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻāĻুāϞিāϤে āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŽাāĻŖে āĻিāĻাāĻŽিāύ āĻāĻŦং āĻāύিāĻ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻুāϞো āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻে āϰোāĻāĻŽুāĻ্āϤ āϰাāĻে। āĻāĻুāϞো āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϤ্āĻŦāĻ āĻ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝāĻ āĻাāϞো। āĻাāϏ্āĻাāϰ্āĻĄে āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāĻāύীāϝ় āϏāĻŦ āĻিāĻাāĻŽিāύ āĻĒাāĻ। āĻāĻি āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āϤেāĻŽāύি āĻĒুāώ্āĻিāĻāϰāĻ āĻŦāĻে। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻা āύিāϤে āĻুāĻŦ āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰি।
26. Write a paragraph on 'Your Pet Animal' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is the name of your pet animal?
(c) What is its food?
(b) How is it?
(d) How do you feel about it?
MY PET ANIMAL
The animal which is kept as pet is called a pet animal. I have a pet animal. My pet animal is a cat. I call it pushi. He is a tiny animal. It looks very attractive and the colour of my pushi is white. So it is very easy to find it out at night. Pushi has knife-like claws. Its whole body is covered with the soft hair. He is a healthy baby so he looks like a little tiger. Pushi is fond of milk and fish. It is very much obident to us. It likes to play and sleep with me. It is friendly towards my family. For this reasons, it never harms anybody. It likes to sit beside me and moves with me. At night Pushi always preys rats by its claws. It attends to the call of nature in a particular corner of our house. It never tries to steal anything from our kitchen. I have soft-corner for my beloved Pushi because of its clean habits and useful service.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
26. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖীāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāϰ āĻাāĻĻ্āϝ āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(d) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻ
āύুāĻāĻŦ āĻāϰেāύ?
āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী
āϝে āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖীāĻিāĻে āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āϰাāĻা āĻšāϝ় āϤাāĻে āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻŦāϞে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻāĻে। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻĄ়াāϞ. āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻাāĻে āĻĒুāĻļি āĻŦāϞি। āϏে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ্āώুāĻĻ্āϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী। āĻāĻা āĻĻেāĻāϤে āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻāϰ্āώāĻŖীāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒুāĻļিāϰ āϰং āϏাāĻĻা। āϤাāĻ āϰাāϤে āĻāĻি āĻুঁāĻে āĻŦেāϰ āĻāϰা āĻুāĻŦ āϏāĻšāĻ। āĻĒুāĻļিāϰ āĻুāϰিāϰ āĻŽāϤো āύāĻāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āύāϰāĻŽ āϞোāĻŽে āϤাāϰ āϏাāϰা āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻĸাāĻা। āϏে āĻāĻāĻি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻļিāĻļু āϤাāĻ āϤাāĻে āĻĻেāĻāϤে āĻ
āύেāĻāĻা āĻŦাāĻেāϰ āĻŽāϤো। āĻĒুāĻļি āĻĻুāϧ āĻ āĻŽাāĻেāϰ āĻļৌāĻিāύ। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦোāϧāĻāĻŽ্āϝ। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻেāϞāϤে āĻāĻŦং āĻুāĻŽাāϤে āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāύ্āϧুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ. āĻāĻ āĻাāϰāĻŖে, āĻāĻি āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻাāϰāĻ āĻ্āώāϤি āĻāϰে āύা। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒাāĻļে āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāϞে। āϰাāϤে āĻĒুāĻļি āϏāĻŦ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻঁāĻĻুāϰ āĻļিāĻাāϰ āĻāϰে āϤাāϰ āύāĻāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āύিāϰ্āĻĻিāώ্āĻ āĻোāĻŖে āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤিāϰ āĻĄাāĻে āϏাāĻĄ়া āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻāĻা āĻāĻāύো āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϰাāύ্āύাāĻāϰ āĻĨেāĻে āĻিāĻু āĻুāϰি āĻāϰাāϰ āĻেāώ্āĻা āĻāϰে āύা। āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻাāϰ āĻ
āĻ্āϝাāϏ āĻāĻŦং āĻĻāϰāĻাāϰী āĻĒāϰিāώেāĻŦাāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻĒুāĻļিāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻাāĻে āύāϰāĻŽ āĻোāĻŖ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। Class 6 English Paragraph
27. Suppose you are a student of Class VII. Recently you have celebrated your 14th Birthday. Now write a paragraph on the birthday party you have celebrated by answering the following questions:
(a) When did you celebrate your birthday party?
(b) How did you decorate your drawing room?
(c) Who were invited?
(d) How did the function start?
(e) How were the guests entertained?
(f) When did the function come to an end?
A BIRTHDAY PARTY I CELEBRATED
Last Monday was my 14th birthday ceremony. On that day I cleaned and decorated our drawing room with colourful paper and flowers. Everything looked very tidy. Some of my relatives and close friends were invited to the birthday party. All the guests came in time. The function started just at 6 pm. All stood around the table and I cut the cake after putting out the candles. All sang in a chorus, "Happy Birthday to You." Different delicious foods were served to the guests. They were eating with a lot of zest, talking and giggling. My elder brother took snaps of some rare moments. A short cultural programme was arranged at the end of the function. The function came to an end at 9 pm. It will remain green in my mind forever. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
27. āϧāϰুāύ āĻāĻĒāύি āϏāĻĒ্āϤāĻŽ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāϰ āĻাāϤ্āϰ। āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ 14 āϤāĻŽ āĻāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύ āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāĻেāύ। āĻāĻāύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻĒāύি āϝে āĻāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻĒাāϰ্āĻি āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāĻেāύ āϤাāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύ āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāĻেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĄ্āϰāϝ়িং āϰুāĻŽ āϏাāĻাāϞেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āĻাāύাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(d) āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āĻĢাংāĻļāύ āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āĻ
āϤিāĻĨিāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻĒ্āϝাāϝ়āύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(f) āĻĢাংāĻļāύāĻি āĻāĻāύ āĻļেāώ āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
āĻāĻāĻি āĻāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻĒাāϰ্āĻি āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāĻি
āĻāϤ āϏোāĻŽāĻŦাāϰ āĻিāϞ āĻāĻŽাāϰ ā§§ā§ĒāϤāĻŽ āĻāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ। āϏেāĻĻিāύ āĻāĻŽি āϰāĻিāύ āĻাāĻāĻ āĻāϰ āĻĢুāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĄ্āϰāϝ়িংāϰুāĻŽ āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻাāϰ āĻāϰে āϏাāĻিāϝ়েāĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āϏāĻŦāĻিāĻু āĻুāĻŦ āĻĒāϰিāĻĒাāĻি āϞাāĻāĻিāϞ। āĻāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻĒাāϰ্āĻিāϤে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻিāĻু āĻāϤ্āĻŽীāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāύিāώ্āĻ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āĻাāύাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ। āϝāĻĨাāϏāĻŽāϝ়ে āĻ
āϤিāĻĨিāϰা āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻāϏেāĻিāϞেāύ। āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āϏāύ্āϧ্āϝা ā§ŦāĻাāϝ়। āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻেāĻŦিāϞেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻĒাāĻļে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়ে āĻŽোāĻŽāĻŦাāϤি āύিāĻিāϝ়ে āĻেāĻ āĻাāĻāϞাāĻŽ। āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻāĻ āĻোāϰাāϏে āĻেāϝ়ে āĻāĻ āϞ, "āĻš্āϝাāĻĒি āĻŦাāϰ্āĻĨāĻĄে āĻু āĻāĻ।" āĻ
āϤিāĻĨিāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āĻাāĻŦাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϰা āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻāĻ্āĻ্āĻŦাāϏ āύিāϝ়ে āĻাāĻ্āĻিāϞ, āĻāĻĨা āĻŦāϞāĻিāϞ āĻāϰ āĻšাāϏāĻিāϞ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻাāĻ āĻিāĻু āĻŦিāϰāϞ āĻŽুāĻšূāϰ্āϤেāϰ āĻāĻŦি āϤুāϞেāĻেāύ। āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļেāώে āϏংāĻ্āώিāĻĒ্āϤ āϏাংāϏ্āĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύেāϰ āĻāϝ়োāĻāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļেāώ āĻšāϝ় āϰাāϤ ⧝āĻাāϝ়। āĻিāϰāĻাāϞ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύে āϏāĻŦুāĻ āĻĨাāĻāĻŦে। Class 6 English Paragraph
28. Write a paragraph on the prize day of your school by answering the following questions:
(a) When did your school observe the prize day?
(b) How was your school decorated?
(c) Who was the chief guest of the programme?
(d) How did the programme come to an end?
THE PRIZE DAY OF OUR SCHOOL
The prize day of our school was held on the last 15th February. It was really a memorable day of my life. We decorated our school with coloured papers and flowers. The Chief Guest of the programme was the Deputy Commissioner of our district. When the Chief Guest came, the programme began. The Headmaster read out the annual report of our school. The prize giving ceremony began at 4 pm. The Chief Guest gave away the prizes. I also got a prize for my good result. I felt overjoyed when I got the prize and till now the prize gives me immense inspiration. Everybody was clapping repeatedly when the prizes were being handed over. But the ceremony did not last long. The sun was about to set in and we had to finish before evening. Our headmaster then gave the concluding speech and thanked all concerned and then the programme came to an end. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
28. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞেāϰ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰেāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻāĻāύ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰ āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻāϰেāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻেāĻŽāύ āϏাāĻাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ
āϤিāĻĨি āĻে āĻিāϞেāύ?
(d) āĻĒ্āϰোāĻ্āϰাāĻŽāĻি āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻļেāώ āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞেāϰ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰেāϰ āĻĻিāύ
āĻāϤ ā§§ā§Ģ āĻĢেāĻŦ্āϰুāϝ়াāϰি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰ āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ িāϤ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻা āϏāϤ্āϝিāĻ āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖীāϝ় āĻĻিāύ āĻিāϞ. āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻুāϞāĻে āϰāĻিāύ āĻাāĻāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻĢুāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϏাāĻিāϝ়েāĻি। āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύে āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ
āϤিāĻĨি āĻিāϞেāύ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻেāϞাāϰ āĻেāϞা āĻĒ্āϰāĻļাāϏāĻ āĻŽো. āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ
āϤিāĻĨি āĻāϞে āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ়। āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻŦাāϰ্āώিāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻŦেāĻĻāύ āĻĒাāĻ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻŦিāĻাāϞ ā§ĒāĻাāϝ় āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰ āĻŦিāϤāϰāĻŖী āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ। āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ
āϤিāĻĨি āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰ āĻŦিāϤāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻাāϞো āϰেāĻাāϞ্āĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰāĻ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻি। āĻāĻŽি āϝāĻāύ āĻĒুāϰāώ্āĻাāϰ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻিāϞাāĻŽ āϤāĻāύ āĻāĻŽি āĻāύāύ্āĻĻিāϤ āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāύ āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻে āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻ
āύুāĻĒ্āϰেāϰāĻŖা āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻাāϰ āĻĻেāĻāϝ়াāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻŦাāϰāĻŦাāϰ āĻšাāϤāϤাāϞি āĻĻিāĻ্āĻিāϞ। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻŦেāĻļিāĻ্āώāĻŖ āϏ্āĻĨাāϝ়ী āĻšāϝ়āύি। āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻ
āϏ্āϤ āϝেāϤে āĻāϞেāĻে āĻāĻŦং āϏāύ্āϧ্āϝাāϰ āĻāĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļেāώ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āϏāĻŽাāĻĒāύী āĻŦāĻ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝ āĻĻেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϏংāĻļ্āϞিāώ্āĻ āϏāĻāϞāĻে āϧāύ্āϝāĻŦাāĻĻ āĻাāύিāϝ়ে āĻ
āύুāώ্āĻ াāύেāϰ āϏāĻŽাāĻĒ্āϤি āĻāĻে। Class 6 English Paragraph
29. Imagine recently you have enjoyed a journey by bus. Now write a paragraph about a journey by bus by answering the following questions:
(a) Where did you go?
(b) What scenery did you enjoy?
(c) When did the bus start?
(d) When did the bus reach the destination?
A JOURNEY BY BUS I ENJOYED
During the last winter, I made a journey by bus from Rajshahi to Dhaka. I reached the bus station at 7 am. I bought a ticket and got on the bus. The bus started at 7.30. The bus was running at full speed. I looked outside through the window. Trees, green fields, houses, etc were seemed to be running backward. After an hour our bus began to run through 'Challanbill'. I found only water everywhere. The fishermen were catching fish with small boats and nets. When our bus reached the Bangabandhu bridge, I looked outside. The bridge looked very beautiful. I saw a train crossing our bus. It's really a rare moment that can be found. After about five hours we reached Dhaka. The journey was too much enjoyable. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
29. āĻāϞ্āĻĒāύা āĻāϰুāύ āĻāĻĒāύি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦাāϏে āĻ্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰেāĻেāύ। āĻāĻāύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāϏে āĻ্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻিāϝ়েāĻিāϞেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻোāύ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰেāĻেāύ?
(c) āĻŦাāϏ āĻāĻŦে āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(d) āĻŦাāϏ āĻāĻāύ āĻāύ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝে āĻĒৌঁāĻেāĻে?
āĻŦাāϏে āĻāĻāĻি āϝাāϤ্āϰা āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰেāĻি
āĻāϤ āĻļীāϤে āϰাāĻāĻļাāĻšী āĻĨেāĻে āĻĸাāĻাāϝ় āĻŦাāϏে āϝাāϤ্āϰা āĻāϰেāĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āϏāĻাāϞ ā§āĻাāϝ় āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āĻেāĻļāύে āĻĒৌāĻাāϞাāĻŽ। āĻিāĻিāĻ āĻেāĻে āĻŦাāϏে āĻāĻ āϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦাāϏ āϝাāϤ্āϰা āĻļুāϰু āĻāϰে āϏাāĻĄ়ে āϏাāϤāĻাāϝ়। āĻŦাāϏāĻি āĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻāϤিāϤে āĻāϞāĻিāϞ। āĻাāύাāϞা āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāĻāϰে āϤাāĻাāϞাāĻŽ। āĻাāĻāĻĒাāϞা, āϏāĻŦুāĻ āĻŽাāĻ , āĻāϰāĻŦাāĻĄ়ি āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻĒিāĻিāϝ়ে āϝাāĻ্āĻে āĻŦāϞে āĻŽāύে āĻšāĻ্āĻিāϞ। āĻāĻŖ্āĻাāĻাāύেāĻ āĻĒāϰ āĻāϞāύāĻŦিāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāϏ āĻāϞāϤে āĻļুāϰু āĻāϰে। āĻāĻŽি āϏāĻŦ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāϝ় āĻļুāϧু āĻāϞ āĻুঁāĻে āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻি। āĻেāϞেāϰা āĻোāĻ āύৌāĻা āĻ āĻাāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰāĻিāϞ। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāϏ āĻŦāĻ্āĻāĻŦāύ্āϧু āϏেāϤুāϤে āĻĒৌঁāĻাāϞে āĻŦাāĻāϰে āϤাāĻাāϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦ্āϰিāĻāĻা āĻুāĻŦ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āϞাāĻāĻিāϞ। āĻĻেāĻāϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻāĻা āĻ্āϰেāύ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāϏ āĻĒাāϰ āĻšāĻ্āĻে। āĻāĻি āϏāϤ্āϝিāĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦিāϰāϞ āĻŽুāĻšূāϰ্āϤ āϝা āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āĻĒাঁāĻ āĻāύ্āĻা āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĸাāĻা āĻĒৌāĻাāϞাāĻŽ। āϝাāϤ্āϰাāĻা āĻুāĻŦ āĻāύāύ্āĻĻāĻĻাāϝ়āĻ āĻিāϞ।
30. Imagine recently you have paid a visit to a book fair. Now write a paragraph about your visit to a book fair by answering the following questions:
(a) When was it arranged?
(d) Who arranged it?
(b) How were the pavilions?
(e) How were the stalls?
(c) Did you buy any book?
A BOOK FAIR I VISITED
It was the month of February. Bangla Academy arranged a book fair at its premises named Ekushey Boi Mela. I with some of my friends visited the fair. I found hundreds of pavilions there. Different kinds of books were displayed there nicely. I visited different book stalls of different publishers. I bought two story books. There was crowd of people there. Some were roaming about and some were buying books. We felt tired. So we took some snacks from a nearby food stall. Then we left the place with a cheerful mind. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
30. āĻāϞ্āĻĒāύা āĻāϰুāύ āĻāĻĒāύি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻāĻŽেāϞাāϝ় āĻিāϝ়েāĻিāϞেāύ। āĻāĻāύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻāĻŽেāϞাāϝ় āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻি āϏাāĻাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻিāϞ?
(d) āĻে āĻāĻিāϰ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāϏ্āĻĨা āĻāϰেāĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻŽāĻŖ্āĻĄāĻĒāĻুāϞো āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āϏ্āĻāϞāĻুāϞো āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻি āĻোāύ āĻŦāĻ āĻিāύেāĻেāύ?
āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻāĻŽেāϞা āĻāĻŽি āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ
āϤāĻāύ āĻĢেāĻŦ্āϰুāϝ়াāϰি āĻŽাāϏ। āĻŦাংāϞা āĻāĻাāĻĄেāĻŽি āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ্āĻāĻŖে āĻāĻুāĻļে āĻŦāĻāĻŽেāϞা āύাāĻŽে āĻŦāĻāĻŽেāϞাāϰ āĻāϝ়োāĻāύ āĻāϰেāĻে। āĻāĻŽি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻিāĻু āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻŽেāϞা āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻāϰেāĻি। āĻāĻŽি āϏেāĻাāύে āĻļāϤ āĻļāϤ āĻŽāĻŖ্āĻĄāĻĒ āĻুঁāĻে āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻি। āϏেāĻাāύে āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰāĻাāĻŦে āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŦāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻāϰ্āĻļিāϤ āĻšāϝ়েāĻে। āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļāĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻŦāĻāϝ়েāϰ āϏ্āĻāϞ āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻāϰেāĻি। āĻĻুāĻো āĻāϞ্āĻĒেāϰ āĻŦāĻ āĻিāύāϞাāĻŽ। āϏেāĻাāύে āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻিāĻĄ় āĻিāϞ। āĻেāĻ āĻুāϰāĻে āĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻেāĻ āĻŦāĻ āĻিāύāĻে। āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻ্āϞাāύ্āϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰāĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āϤাāĻ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻাāĻাāĻাāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āϏ্āĻāϞ āĻĨেāĻে āĻিāĻু āĻāϞāĻাāĻŦাāϰ āύিāϝ়েāĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāĻĢুāϞ্āϞ āĻŽāύে āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āϤ্āϝাāĻ āĻāϰāϞাāĻŽ।
31. Write a paragraph on 'A Winter Morning' by answering the following questions:
(a) What are the common characteristics of a winter morning?
(b) How does the nature look in the morning?
(c) Why do the people make fire in the morning?
(d) What delicious things are available in a winter morning?
A WINTER MORNING
A winter morning is covered with fog and cold. There is thick mist everywhere. It dews and sometimes a chilly wind blows. Sometimes the sun remains hidden for a long time. The nature looks dim and flat in the morning. In a winter morning everything looks gloomy. Even things at a little distance can hardly be seen. People shiver in cold. So they feel reluctance to get up early in the morning. To keep themselves warm they wear warm clothes. Sometimes people collect straw or dried leaves and make fire to keep themselves warm and poor people sometime bask in the sun. Domestic animals do not come out from the Shed. People get-up late when the sun starts to rise through the dense mist. But when the sun rises everyone feels warm and comfort. In winter morning one can have delicious cakes, date juice and many other items. With the touches of sun ray, the dull scene of a winter morning disappears. A winter morning is desirable in many respects. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
31. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'A Winter Morning'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞেāϰ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻŦৈāĻļিāώ্āĻ্āϝāĻুāϞি āĻী āĻী?
(āĻ) āϏāĻাāϞে āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤি āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻĻেāĻাāϝ়?
(āĻ) āĻŽাāύুāώ āϏāĻাāϞে āĻāĻুāύ āĻ্āĻŦাāϞাāϝ় āĻেāύ?
(d) āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞে āĻোāύ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āĻিāύিāϏ āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝাāϝ়?
āĻāĻāĻি āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞ
āĻāĻāĻি āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞ āĻুāϝ়াāĻļা āĻāϰ āĻ াāύ্āĻĄাāϝ় āĻĸাāĻা। āϏāϰ্āĻŦāϤ্āϰ āĻāύ āĻুāϝ়াāĻļা। āĻāĻি āĻļিāĻļিāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়ে āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ াāύ্āĻĄা āĻŦাāϤাāϏ āĻŦāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ়। āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻ
āύেāĻāĻ্āώāĻŖ āϞুāĻিāϝ়ে āĻĨাāĻে। āϏāĻাāϞে āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤিāĻে āĻāĻŦāĻা āĻ āϏāĻŽāϤāϞ āĻĻেāĻাāϝ়। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞে āϏāĻŦāĻিāĻুāĻ āĻ
āύ্āϧāĻাāϰ āĻĻেāĻাāϝ়। āĻāĻŽāύāĻি āϏাāĻŽাāύ্āϝ āĻĻূāϰāϤ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻিāύিāϏāĻুāϞি āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽāĻ āĻĻেāĻা āϝাāϝ়। āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻ াāύ্āĻĄাāϝ় āĻাঁāĻĒāĻে। āϤাāĻ āϤাāϰা āĻোāϰে āĻāĻ āϤে āĻ
āύীāĻšা āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰে। āύিāĻেāĻĻেāϰ āĻāώ্āĻŖ āϰাāĻāϤে āϤাāϰা āĻāϰāĻŽ āĻাāĻĒāĻĄ় āĻĒāϰে। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻāĻĄ় āĻŦা āĻļুāĻāύো āĻĒাāϤা āϏংāĻ্āϰāĻš āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āύিāĻেāĻে āĻāώ্āĻŖ āϰাāĻাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻুāύ āĻĻেāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻĻāϰিāĻĻ্āϰ āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻāĻāύāĻ āϰোāĻĻে āϏেঁāĻে। āĻāϰ āĻĨেāĻে āĻৃāĻšāĻĒাāϞিāϤ āĻĒāĻļু āĻŦেāϰ āĻšāϝ় āύা। āĻāύ āĻুāϝ়াāĻļাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻāĻ āϤে āĻļুāϰু āĻāϰāϞে āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻĻেāϰিāϤে āĻāĻ ে। āĻিāύ্āϤু āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻāĻ āϞে āϏāĻŦাāĻ āĻāώ্āĻŖ āĻ āĻāϰাāĻŽ āĻ
āύুāĻāĻŦ āĻāϰে। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞে āĻেāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āĻেāĻ, āĻেāĻুāϰেāϰ āϰāϏ āĻāĻŦং āĻāϰāĻ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻāĻāĻেāĻŽ। āϏূāϰ্āϝāĻিāϰāĻŖেāϰ āĻোঁāϝ়াāϝ় āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞেāϰ āĻŽ্āϞাāύ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āĻŽুāĻে āϝাāϝ়। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĻিāĻ āĻĨেāĻেāĻ āĻাāĻŽ্āϝ। Class 6 English Paragraph
32. Suppose you had a visit to a place of historical interest with some of your friends. Now write a paragraph about your visit to a place of historical interest by answering the following questions:
(a) When did you go to the place?
(c) What things did you see there?
(b) Who were with you?
(d) What things impressed you much?
MY VISIT TO A PLACE OF HISTORICAL INTEREST
During the last winter vacation we, some of our friends had a chance to visit the historical place of Bagerhat. The Mazar of Pir Khan Jahan Ali is situated here. The Mazar is a fine one storeyed building. The tomb is made of stones. We also visited the beautiful Shat Gambuj Mosque. It has 77 domes. The mosque is very large and beautiful. Near the mosque there is a big lake. This is called the 'Ghora Dighi'. The Shat Gambuj Mosque and its architectural beauty impressed me much. I had a very little idea about the place but my visit there gave me a different idea about the place and about the great saint Hazrat Khan Jahan. My respect toward this great saint became double after visiting this place. Now I can feel that a man can learn better by visiting than reading. The memory of Bagerhat will remain evergreen in my mind. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
32. āϧāϰুāύ āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻিāĻু āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ āĻāĻ্āϰāĻšেāϰ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāϝ় āĻŦেāĻĄ়াāϤে āĻেāĻেāύ। āĻāĻāύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ āĻāĻ্āϰāĻšেāϰ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāϝ় āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āĻāĻāύ āϏেāĻ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāϝ় āĻিāϝ়েāĻিāϞেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύি āϏেāĻাāύে āĻি āĻিāύিāϏ āĻĻেāĻেāĻেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻাāϰা āĻিāϞ?
(āĻ) āĻোāύ āĻŦিāώāϝ়āĻুāϞো āĻāĻĒāύাāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻŦিāϤ āĻāϰেāĻে?
āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ āĻāĻ্āϰāĻšেāϰ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāϝ় āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϏāĻĢāϰ
āĻāϤ āĻļীāϤেāϰ āĻুāĻিāϤে āĻāĻŽāϰা, āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāϝ়েāĻāĻāύ āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻŦাāĻেāϰāĻšাāĻেāϰ āĻāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ āϏ্āĻĨাāύāĻি āĻĻেāĻাāϰ āϏুāϝোāĻ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻিāϞাāĻŽ। āĻāĻাāύে āĻĒীāϰ āĻাāύ āĻাāĻšাāύ āĻāϞীāϰ āĻŽাāĻাāϰ āĻ
āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ। āĻŽাāĻাāϰāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻāĻŽā§āĻাāϰ āĻāĻāϤāϞা āĻāĻŦāύ। āϏāĻŽাāϧিāĻি āĻĒাāĻĨāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϤৈāϰি। āĻāĻŽāϰা āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āώাāĻ āĻāĻŽ্āĻŦুāĻ āĻŽāϏāĻিāĻĻāĻ āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻāϰেāĻি। āĻāϤে ā§ā§āĻি āĻāĻŽ্āĻŦুāĻ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻŽāϏāĻিāĻĻāĻি āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻāĻŦং āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ। āĻŽāϏāĻিāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻĄ় āϞেāĻ āĻāĻে। āĻāĻে 'āĻোāĻĄ়া āĻĻীāĻি' āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ়। āώাāĻ āĻāĻŽ্āĻŦুāĻ āĻŽāϏāĻিāĻĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻāϰ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāϤ্āϝ āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŽুāĻ্āϧ āĻāϰেāĻে। āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽ āϧাāϰāĻŖা āĻিāϞ āĻিāύ্āϤু āϏেāĻাāύে āĻāĻŽাāϰ āϝাāĻāϝ়া āĻāĻŽাāĻে āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻŽāĻšাāύ āϏাāϧāĻ āĻšāϝāϰāϤ āĻাāύ āĻাāĻšাāύ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻিāύ্āύ āϧাāϰāĻŖা āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻ āĻŽāĻšাāύ āϏাāϧāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰāĻĻ্āϧা āĻāĻ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻি āĻĻেāĻাāϰ āĻĒāϰে āĻĻ্āĻŦিāĻুāĻŖ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻেāϞ। āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻŽি āĻ
āύুāĻāĻŦ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āϝে āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāϰ āĻেāϝ়ে āĻিāĻিāĻ āĻāϰে āĻাāϞ āĻļিāĻāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻŦাāĻেāϰāĻšাāĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি āĻāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύে āĻিāϰāϏāĻŦুāĻ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĨাāĻāĻŦে। Class 6 English Paragraph
33. Write a paragraph on 'An Ideal student' by answering the following questions.
(a) Who is an ideal student?
(b) How is his behaviour towards other students and teachers?
(c) What are the qualities of an ideal student?
(d) What does he think about the country?
(e) What do others think about him?
AN IDEAL STUDENT
The student who possesses some qualities like good behaviour, merit, patriotism, co-operative attitude, etc is called an ideal student. He is polite. He respects his teachers and helps his fellow classmates. Whenever any student approaches him for any help, he tries his best to help him. He not only indulges himself in study but also takes active part in other extracurricular activities. He is hard working. He is both attentive and punctual in his studies. He is disciplined and obedient. Game and study go side by side with him. He always sticks to his ideals and aims. Simple living and high thinking is the motto of his life. An ideal student is a true patriot. He is always ready to serve his country. He sacrifices himself for the welfare of his country. Everybody likes him very much and prays for his success in future from the core of their hearts. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
33. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻাāϤ্āϰ' āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻে?
(āĻ) āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āϤাāϰ āĻāĻāϰāĻŖ āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ) āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻাāϤ্āϰেāϰ āĻুāĻŖাāĻŦāϞী āĻী āĻী?
(d) āϤিāύি āĻĻেāĻļ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻি āĻŽāύে āĻāϰেāύ?
(āĻ) āĻ
āύ্āϝāϰা āϤাāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻে āĻী āĻাāĻŦে?
āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻাāϤ্āϰ
āϝে āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāϰ āĻাāϞো āĻāĻāϰāĻŖ, āϝোāĻ্āϝāϤা, āĻĻেāĻļāĻĒ্āϰেāĻŽ, āϏāĻšāϝোāĻিāϤাāĻŽূāϞāĻ āĻŽāύোāĻাāĻŦ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻিāĻু āĻুāĻŖ āĻĨাāĻে āϤাāĻে āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻāĻĻ্āϰ। āϏে āϤাāϰ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽাāύ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰ āϏāĻšāĻĒাāĻ ীāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰে। āϝāĻāύāĻ āĻোāύ āĻাāϤ্āϰ āĻোāύ āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϤাāϰ āĻাāĻে āϝাāϝ়, āϤিāύি āϤাāĻে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϝāĻĨাāϏাāϧ্āϝ āĻেāώ্āĻা āĻāϰেāύ। āϤিāύি āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āĻ
āϧ্āϝāϝ়āύেāĻ āύিāĻেāĻে āύিāϝ়োāĻিāϤ āĻāϰেāύ āύা āĻŦāϰং āĻ
āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻĒাāĻ ্āϝāĻ্āϰāĻŽ āĻŦāĻšিāϰ্āĻূāϤ āĻাāϰ্āϝāĻ্āϰāĻŽেāĻ āϏāĻ্āϰিāϝ় āĻ
ংāĻļāĻ্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰেāύ। āϏে āĻāĻ োāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽী. āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļুāύাāϝ় āĻŽāύোāϝোāĻী āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϝ়āύিāώ্āĻ āĻāĻāϝ়āĻ। āϤিāύি āĻļৃāĻ্āĻāϞাāĻŦāĻĻ্āϧ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦাāϧ্āϝ। āĻেāϞা āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļুāύা āϤাāϰ āĻĒাāĻļাāĻĒাāĻļি āĻāϞে। āϤিāύি āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āϤাāϰ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ āϞāĻ্āώ্āϝে āĻ
āĻāϞ āĻĨাāĻেāύ। āϏāϰāϞ āĻীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ্āĻ āĻিāύ্āϤা āϤাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻŽূāϞāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰ। āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤ āĻĻেāĻļāĻĒ্āϰেāĻŽিāĻ। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏেāĻŦা āĻāϰāϤে āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ। āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāϞ্āϝাāĻŖে āύিāĻেāĻে āĻā§āϏāϰ্āĻ āĻāϰেāύ। āϏāĻŦাāĻ āϤাāĻে āĻুāĻŦ āĻĒāĻāύ্āĻĻ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ
āύ্āϤāϰ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻŦিāώ্āϝāϤে āϤাāϰ āϏাāĻĢāϞ্āϝেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰ্āĻĨāύা āĻāϰে। Class 6 English Paragraph
34. Write a paragraph on 'Early Rising' answering the following questions.
(a) What is early rising?
(b) What is the usefulness of rising early?
(c) What does an early riser enjoy?
(d) What happens to the person who does not get up early?
EARLY RISING
Getting up early in the morning from bed is called early rising. It is a good habit and essential for good health. In the morning the nature remains fresh and quiet. So an early riser can enjoy the fresh nature and air in the morning. It makes our body fit. An early riser can get enough time to finish his work. He can take some physical exercises early in the morning. He can enjoy the beautiful scenery. An early riser can enjoy the happy and healthy life. Early rising refreshes both body and mind. It helps a man to be regular and punctual. But a late riser always lag behind. They can not enjoy the beautiful scenery of nature. They face many problems and can not finish their work in time. A late riser is not physically happy and sound. So considering the good sides of early rising, we all should cultivate the habit of early rising. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
34. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāϰ্āϞি āϰাāĻāĻিং'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻ া āĻি?
(āĻ) āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻ াāϰ āĻāĻĒāϝোāĻিāϤা āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻিāĻ āϰাāĻāĻাāϰ āĻী āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰে?
(d) āϝে āĻŦ্āϝāĻ্āϤি āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻুāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻ ে āύা āϤাāϰ āĻী āĻšāϝ়?
āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝুāώে āĻāĻ া
āϏāĻাāϞে āĻুāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻ াāĻে āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻ া āĻŦāϞে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϞ āĻ
āĻ্āϝাāϏ āĻāĻŦং āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻ
āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ। āϏāĻাāϞে āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤি āϏāϤেāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻļাāύ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻে। āϤাāĻ āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻিāĻ āϰাāĻāĻাāϰ āϏāĻাāϞেāϰ āϤাāĻা āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤি āĻāĻŦং āĻŦাāϤাāϏ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻে āĻĢিāĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻিāĻ āϰাāĻāĻাāϰ āϤাāϰ āĻাāĻ āĻļেāώ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϝāĻĨেāώ্āĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒেāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ। āϤিāύি āĻুāĻŦ āĻোāϰে āĻিāĻু āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ। āϏে āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻিāĻ āϰাāĻāĻাāϰ āϏুāĻী āĻāĻŦং āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻ া āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻ āĻŽāύāĻে āϏāϤেāĻ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻে āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϝ়āύিāώ্āĻ āĻšāϤে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰে। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻĻেāϰীāϤে āϰাāĻāĻাāϰ āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒিāĻিāϝ়ে āĻĨাāĻে। āĻĒ্āϰāĻৃāϤিāϰ āĻ
āĻĒāϰূāĻĒ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āϤাāϰা āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āϤাāϰা āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝাāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽুāĻীāύ āĻšāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϝ়āĻŽāϤো āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻ āĻļেāώ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻāĻāĻি āĻĻেāϰী āϰাāĻāĻাāϰ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻāĻাāĻŦে āϏুāĻী āĻāĻŦং āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āύāϝ়। āϤাāĻ āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻ াāϰ āĻাāϞো āĻĻিāĻāĻুāϞো āĻŦিāĻŦেāĻāύা āĻāϰে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻŦাāϰāĻ āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻ াāϰ āĻ
āĻ্āϝাāϏ āĻāĻĄ়ে āϤোāϞা āĻāĻিāϤ। Class 6 English Paragraph
35. Write a paragraph on 'A School Magazine' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is a school magazine?
(b) What is the aim of publishing a school magazine?
(c) Who works for the school magazine?
(d) What is the importance of a school magazine?
A SCHOOL MAGAZINE
A school magazine is a publication containing the writings of the teachers and students of a school. Usually, it is published annually. Its aim is to develop the literary and cultural skills of the students. It contains poems, articles, short-stories and short dramas written by the young learners. A magazine committee is formed with a view to publishing a school magazine. The headmaster of the respective school remains the chief of the committee. An editor is selected from the students. In the committee there remains a teacher who works as an adviser. Some students are also included in the committee. The committee has to work hard to publish a magazine. The editor invites writings from the teachers and the students. Among all writings the best ones are selected for printing in the magazine. A school magazine has great importance to the students. It brings out the latent talent of the young students. It is the first step for the young learners to be a great writer in future. Finally a school magazine provides scope for the students to reveal their creative faculties. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
35. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻĻ্āĻĻেāĻļ্āϝ āĻী?
(āĻ) āĻে āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻাāĻ āĻāϰে?
(d) āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύেāϰ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻী?
āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ
āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āϞেāĻা āϏāĻŽ্āĻŦāϞিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļāύা। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ, āĻāĻি āĻŦাāϰ্āώিāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļিāϤ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϰ āĻāĻĻ্āĻĻেāĻļ্āϝ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻšিāϤ্āϝ āĻ āϏাংāϏ্āĻৃāϤিāĻ āĻĻāĻ্āώāϤা āĻŦিāĻাāĻļ āĻāϰা। āĻāϤে āϤāϰুāĻŖ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϞেāĻা āĻāĻŦিāϤা, āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦāύ্āϧ, āĻোāĻāĻāϞ্āĻĒ āĻāĻŦং āĻোāĻ āύাāĻāĻ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļেāϰ āϞāĻ্āώ্āϝে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻāĻŽিāĻি āĻāĻ āύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻŽিāĻিāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻĨাāĻেāύ āϏংāĻļ্āϞিāώ্āĻ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ। āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻāĻāύ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒাāĻĻāĻ āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻŽিāĻিāϤে āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āϰāϝ়েāĻেāύ āϝিāύি āĻāĻĒāĻĻেāώ্āĻা āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻাāĻ āĻāϰāĻেāύ। āĻāĻŽিāĻিāϤে āĻāϝ়েāĻāĻāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻāĻি āĻĒāϤ্āϰিāĻা āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽিāĻিāĻে āĻāĻ োāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒাāĻĻāĻ āĻļিāĻ্āώāĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻাāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āϞেāĻা āĻāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āĻাāύাāύ। āϏāĻŦ āϞেāĻাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āϏেāϰাāĻুāϞোāĻে āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύে āĻাāĻĒাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻিāϤ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύেāϰ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāϤে āϤāϰুāĻŖ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϏুāĻĒ্āϤ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻা āĻĢুāĻে āĻāĻ ে। āĻāĻি āϤāϰুāĻŖ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŦিāώ্āϝāϤে āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽāĻšাāύ āϞেāĻāĻ āĻšāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĒāĻĻāĻ্āώেāĻĒ। āĻ
āĻŦāĻļেāώে āĻāĻāĻি āϏ্āĻুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϏৃāĻāύāĻļীāϞ āĻ
āύুāώāĻĻ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļ āĻāϰাāϰ āϏুāϝোāĻ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻাāύ āĻāϰে।
36. Write a paragraph on 'A Rainy Day' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is a rainy day?
(b) How does the sky look on a rainy day?
(c) How does it bring suffering to the people?
(d) How does it cause suffering to the students?
(e) What do we feel on a rainy day?
A RAINY DAY
A rainy day is a day of non stop rainfall. It looks dismal and sunless. The sky is covered with thick clouds. Sometimes the sun is hardly seen. Sometimes, it rains so heavily that none can go out without an umbrella. Sometimes it rains with roars of thunder, flashes of lighting and gusty winds. Many roads go under water and get muddy and slippery. Domestic animals also cannot go outside. On a rainy day people feel bored as they can not go out in quest of work. They can not earn their living. The rich can enjoy the day with merriment. But the children feel comfort with this situation. Because most of the students do not go to school. Some people pass the day in gossiping, playing cards, singing or hearing music. However, a rainy day comes to us some times as a curse and sometimes as a blessing. A winter morning is enjoyable in many respects. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
36. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'A Rainy Day'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞেāĻ।
(āĻ) āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύে āĻāĻাāĻļ āĻেāĻŽāύ āĻĻেāĻাāϝ়?
(āĻ) āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻāĻি āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĻুঃāĻāĻāώ্āĻ āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϏে?
(d) āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻāĻি āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻোāĻেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻšāϝ়?
(āĻ) āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύে āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻী āĻ
āύুāĻāĻŦ āĻāϰি?
āĻĻুāϰ্āĻĻিāύ
āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻ
āĻŦিāϰাāĻŽ āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύ। āĻāĻা āĻŦিāϰāĻ্āϤিāĻāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϏূāϰ্āϝāĻšীāύ āĻĻেāĻাāϝ়। āĻāĻাāĻļ āĻāύ āĻŽেāĻে āĻĸাāĻা। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽāĻ āĻĻেāĻা āϝাāϝ়। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ, āĻāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦāϞ āĻŦৃāώ্āĻি āĻšāϝ় āϝে āĻাāϤা āĻাāĻĄ়া āĻেāĻ āĻŦাāĻāϰে āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻŦāĻ্āϰেāϰ āĻāϰ্āĻāύ, āĻāϞোāϰ āĻāϞāĻাāύি āĻāĻŦং āĻĻāĻŽāĻা āĻŦাāϤাāϏেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻŦৃāώ্āĻি āĻšāϝ়। āĻ
āύেāĻ āϰাāϏ্āϤা āĻĒাāύিāϰ āύিāĻে āĻāϞে āϝাāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻাāĻĻা āĻ āĻĒিāĻ্āĻিāϞ āĻšāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ়। āĻৃāĻšāĻĒাāϞিāϤ āĻĒāĻļুāϰাāĻ āĻŦাāĻāϰে āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻŦে āύা। āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύে āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻাāĻেāϰ āϏāύ্āϧাāύে āĻŦেāϰ āĻšāϤে āύা āĻĒাāϰাāϝ় āĻŦিāϰāĻ্āϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰে। āϤাāϰা āĻীāĻŦিāĻা āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻš āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻে āύা। āϧāύীāϰা āĻāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻĻিāύāĻি āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻļিāĻļুāϰা āĻāĻ āĻĒāϰিāϏ্āĻĨিāϤিāϤে āϏ্āĻŦāϏ্āϤি āĻŦোāϧ āĻāϰে। āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻ
āϧিāĻাংāĻļ āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āϏ্āĻুāϞে āϝাāϝ় āύা। āĻেāĻ āĻেāĻ āĻāϏিāĻĒিং, āϤাāϏ āĻেāϞে, āĻাāύ āĻেāϝ়ে āĻŦা āĻাāύ āĻļুāύে āĻĻিāύ āĻĒাāϰ āĻāϰে। āϝাāĻāĻšোāĻ, āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻ
āĻিāĻļাāĻĒ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻļীāϰ্āĻŦাāĻĻ āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻāϏে। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻাāϞ āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻĻিāĻ āĻĨেāĻেāĻ āĻāĻĒāĻোāĻ্āϝ।
37. Write a paragraph on 'Load shedding' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is load-shedding?
(b) What are the reasons of load-shedding?
(c) What are the bad effects of load-shedding?
(d) What should we do to minimise load-shedding?
LOAD SHEDDING
Load shedding means the interruption of the supply of electricity for a certain period. The less production of electricity in our country is the main cause of load shedding. Illegal connection, abuse of electricity, rapid growth of population etc. are the causes of load-shedding. Because of excessive load shedding cinema houses, shops, factories, hospitals are affected. The industrial units are disabled for the time being. Production of mills hamper due to failure of electricity. Even operation stops in hospitals for load shedding. It also disturbs the study of the students. In fact, the problem of load-shedding is a great problem in our country. So, to stop load shedding some urgent measures should be taken. The government must establish more and more power plants to produce electricity as per the demand. Illegal connection and system loss should also be stopped by creating public awareness and ensuring punishment. Class 6 English Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
37. āύিāĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞেāĻ।
(āĻ) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻি?
(āĻ) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻী?
(āĻ) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻāϰ āĻাāϰাāĻĒ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻŦ āĻি āĻি?
(āĻ) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻāĻŽাāϤে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻী āĻāϰা āĻāĻিāϤ?
āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§ āĻŦিāĻ্āϰাāĻ
āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻŽাāύে āύিāϰ্āĻĻিāώ্āĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ়েāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§ āϏāϰāĻŦāϰাāĻšে āĻŦিāĻ্āύ āĻāĻাāύো। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুāϤেāϰ āĻāĻŽ āĻā§āĻĒাāĻĻāύāĻ āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻাāϰāĻŖ। āĻ
āĻŦৈāϧ āϏংāϝোāĻ, āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুāϤেāϰ āĻ
āĻĒāĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ, āĻĻ্āϰুāϤ āĻāύāϏংāĻ্āϝা āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧি āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖ। āĻ
āϤিāϰিāĻ্āϤ āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āϏিāύেāĻŽা āĻŦাāĻĄ়ি, āĻĻোāĻাāύāĻĒাāĻ, āĻাāϰāĻাāύা, āĻšাāϏāĻĒাāϤাāϞ āĻ্āώāϤিāĻ্āϰāϏ্āϤ āĻšāϝ়। āĻļিāϞ্āĻĒ āĻāĻāύিāĻāĻুāϞো āĻāĻĒাāϤāϤ āύিāώ্āĻ্āϰিāϝ়। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§ āĻŦিāĻĒāϰ্āϝāϝ়েāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻŽিāϞāĻুāϞোāϰ āĻā§āĻĒাāĻĻāύ āĻŦ্āϝাāĻšāϤ āĻšāĻ্āĻে। āĻāĻŽāύāĻি āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻšাāϏāĻĒাāϤাāϞāĻুāϞোāϤে āĻ
āĻĒাāϰেāĻļāύāĻ āĻŦāύ্āϧ। āĻāϤে āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāϞেāĻাāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāĻšāϤ āĻšāĻ্āĻে। āĻāϏāϞে āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻĄ় āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝা। āϤাāĻ āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻŦāύ্āϧে āĻāϰুāϰি āĻিāĻু āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāϏ্āĻĨা āύিāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻাāĻšিāĻĻা āĻ
āύুāϝাāϝ়ী āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§ āĻā§āĻĒাāĻĻāύেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϏāϰāĻাāϰāĻে āĻāϰāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§ āĻেāύ্āĻĻ্āϰ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻāύāϏāĻেāϤāύāϤা āϏৃāώ্āĻি āĻ āĻļাāϏ্āϤি āύিāĻļ্āĻিāϤ āĻāϰে āĻ
āĻŦৈāϧ āϏংāϝোāĻ āĻ āϏিāϏ্āĻেāĻŽ āϞāϏāĻ āĻŦāύ্āϧ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। Class 6 English Paragraph
38. Write a paragraph on 'Traffic Jam' by answering the following questions.
(a) What is traffic jam?
(b) Where does it commonly occur?
(c) What are the reasons of traffic jam?
(d) What are the effects of it?
(e) How can we get rid of traffic jam?
TRAFFIC JAM
Traffic jam means the overcrowding of too many vehicles at a place. Because of this jam, the vehicles can not move on. It always happens for various reasons. The condition of roads and the violation of the traffic rules are the main reasons. In proportion to our population roads have not been increased. In our country most of the drivers do not obey the traffic rules. They violate the rules and regulations. They drive the vehicles at their own will. Traffic jam kills our valuable time. Students cannot reach schools in time due to this traffic jam. Nobody can reach their destination in right time. A lot of working hours is wasted in the traffic jam. Life becomes very difficult because of this terrible traffic jam. But this problem can be solved by taking some steps. Well planned big roads should be constructed. One way movement of vehicles should be introduced. Traffic rules should be strictly followed by the drivers. Unlicensed vehicles should be removed. Thus traffic jam can be controlled.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
38. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āĻ্āϝাāĻŽ'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(āĻ) āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āĻ্āϝাāĻŽ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻা āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻāĻে?
(āĻ) āϝাāύāĻāĻেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻী?
(d) āĻāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻŦ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻāĻŽāϰা āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āϝাāύāĻāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻĒāϰিāϤ্āϰাāĻŖ āĻĒেāϤে āĻĒাāϰি?
āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āĻ্āϝাāĻŽ
āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āĻ্āϝাāĻŽ āĻŽাāύে āĻāĻ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāϝ় āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύেāϰ āĻিāĻĄ়। āĻ āĻ্āϝাāĻŽেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āĻāϞাāĻāϞ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻে āύা। āĻāĻা āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻāĻে। āϏāĻĄ়āĻেāϰ āĻŦেāĻšাāϞ āĻĻāĻļা āĻāĻŦং āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āϞāĻ্āĻāύāĻ āĻāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻাāϰāĻŖ। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύāϏংāĻ্āϝাāϰ āĻ
āύুāĻĒাāϤে āϏāĻĄ়āĻ āĻŦাāĻĄ়াāύো āĻšāϝ়āύি। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ
āϧিāĻাংāĻļ āĻাāϞāĻāĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻŽাāύে āύা। āϤাāϰা āύিāϝ়āĻŽ-āĻাāύুāύ āϞāĻ্āĻāύ āĻāϰে। āϤাāϰা āύিāĻ āĻāĻ্āĻাāϝ় āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āĻাāϞাāύ। āϝাāύāĻāĻে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽূāϞ্āϝāĻŦাāύ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āύāώ্āĻ āĻšāϝ়। āĻ āϝাāύāĻāĻেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻļিāĻ্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāϰা āϏāĻŽāϝ়āĻŽāϤো āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻĒৌঁāĻাāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻে āύা। āĻেāĻ āϏāĻ িāĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ়ে āĻāύ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝে āĻĒৌঁāĻাāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āϝাāύāĻāĻে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻāϰ্āĻŽāĻāĻŖ্āĻা āύāώ্āĻ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻ āĻāϝ়াāĻŦāĻš āϝাāύāĻāĻেāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻ
āϤিāĻŦাāĻšিāϤ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĒāĻĄ়ে। āϤāĻŦে āĻিāĻু āĻĒāĻĻāĻ্āώেāĻĒ āύিāϞে āĻāĻ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝাāϰ āϏāĻŽাāϧাāύ āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϏুāĻĒāϰিāĻāϞ্āĻĒিāϤ āĻŦāĻĄ় āϰাāϏ্āϤা āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āĻāĻāĻŽুāĻী āĻāϞাāĻāϞ āĻাāϞু āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻাāϞāĻāĻĻেāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻāĻ োāϰāĻাāĻŦে āĻŽেāύে āĻāϞāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϞাāĻāϏেāύ্āϏāĻŦিāĻšীāύ āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āĻ
āĻĒāϏাāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϤাāĻšāϞে āϝাāύāĻāĻ āύিāϝ়āύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āĻāϰা āϝাāĻŦে। Class Six English All Paragraph
39. Write a paragraph on 'A Rickshaw Puller' by answering the following questions.
(a) Who is rickshaw puller?
(b) Where is he commonly seen?
(c) How is his life?
(d) How does he bargain with the passengers?
(e) When does he earn more?
A RICKSHAW PULLER
The man who pulls rickshaw, carries passengers from one place to another and thus, earns his livelihood is called rickshaw puller. He is a very common figure in cities and small towns. His dress is shabby. He keeps waiting for passengers at the rickshaw stand. He pulls his rickshaw in both fair or foul weather. When a passenger comes, he bargains with him for the payment. He demands more when the weather is very hot or foul. Sometimes he tries to cheat passengers but most often he is unduly paid by the passengers. Though he pulls rickshaw from morning till late night, his income is very poor and leads a very miserable life. When he becomes sick, he cannot drive rickshaw and earn money. So, he and his family starve. If he can earn more than his expectation, his face smiles. But this opportunity is very rare in his life. Class Six English All Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
39. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āϰিāĻāĻļাāĻাāϞāĻ' āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ।
(a) āϰিāĻāĻļাāĻাāϞāĻ āĻে?
(āĻ) āϤাāĻে āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻĻেāĻা āϝাāϝ়?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻেāĻŽāύ?
(d) āϤিāύি āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻĻāϰ āĻāώাāĻāώি āĻāϰেāύ?
(āĻ) āϤিāύি āĻāĻāύ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻāĻĒাāϰ্āĻāύ āĻāϰেāύ?
āĻāĻāĻāύ āϰিāĻāĻļাāĻাāϞāĻ
āϝে āĻŦ্āϝāĻ্āϤি āϰিāĻāĻļা āĻাāϞাāϝ়, āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻĨেāĻে āĻ
āύ্āϝ āϏ্āĻĨাāύে āύিāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻাāĻŦে āĻীāĻŦিāĻা āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻš āĻāϰে āϤাāĻে āϰিāĻāĻļাāĻাāϞāĻ āĻŦāϞে। āϤিāύি āĻļāĻšāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻোāĻ āĻļāĻšāϰে āĻুāĻŦ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻŦ্āϝāĻ্āϤিāϤ্āĻŦ। āϤাāϰ āĻĒোāĻļাāĻ āύোংāϰা। āϤিāύি āϰিāĻāĻļা āϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻ
āĻĒেāĻ্āώা āĻāϰেāύ। āϏে āϤাāϰ āϰিāĻāĻļা āĻেāύে āύেāϝ় āĻাāϞো āĻŦা āĻাāϰাāĻĒ āĻāĻŦāĻšাāĻāϝ়াāϝ়। āĻোāύো āϝাāϤ্āϰী āĻāϞে āϤাāϰ āϏāĻ্āĻে āĻĻāϰ āĻāώাāĻāώি āĻāϰেāύ। āĻāĻŦāĻšাāĻāϝ়া āĻুāĻŦ āĻāϰāĻŽ āĻŦা āĻাāϰাāĻĒ āĻšāϞে āϤিāύি āĻāϰāĻ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻĻাāĻŦি āĻāϰেāύ। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āϤিāύি āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤাāϰāĻŖা āĻāϰাāϰ āĻেāώ্āĻা āĻāϰেāύ āϤāĻŦে āĻŦেāĻļিāϰāĻাāĻ āĻ্āώেāϤ্āϰেāĻ āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻ্āĻŦাāϰা āϤাāĻে āĻ
āϝৌāĻ্āϤিāĻ āĻ
āϰ্āĻĨ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻাāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āϏāĻাāϞ āĻĨেāĻে āĻāĻীāϰ āϰাāϤ āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϰিāĻāĻļা āĻাāϞাāϞেāĻ āϤাāϰ āĻāϝ় āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻŦিāώāĻš āĻীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻ
āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĒāĻĄ়āϞে āϰিāĻāĻļা āĻাāϞিāϝ়ে āĻাāĻা āϰোāĻāĻাāϰ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āϤাāĻ āϏে āĻ āϤাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰ āĻ্āώুāϧাāϰ্āϤ। āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝাāĻļাāϰ āĻেāϝ়ে āĻŦেāĻļি āĻāϝ় āĻāϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāϞে āϤাāϰ āĻŽুāĻে āĻšাāϏি āĻĢুāĻে āĻāĻ ে। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻāĻ āϏুāϝোāĻ āϤাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύে āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻāĻŽ।
40. Write a paragraph on 'A Village Market' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is a village market?
(b) Where does a village market sit?
(c) What things are sold in a village market?
(d) What is the importance of a village market?
A VILLAGE MARKET
A village market is a place where the villagers buy and sell their daily commodities. Any open place is suitable for a village market. Generally a village market sits by the roadside or by the bank of a river or under a big tree. It sits twice a week. Different kinds of things are sold and bought in a village market. The things are vegetables, fish, milk, fruit, oil, salt, onion, garlic, cloth, wheat, rice, flour, spices and various kinds of stationery items. It is a meeting place of all classes of people. It is very difficult to express the importance and the usefulness of a village market in a word. Really the villagers can't do without a village market. It is a part and parcel of the villagers. A village market has got both advantages and disadvantages. A friendship and a tie of co-operation develop among people through buying and selling. But sometimes unwanted incidents occur and make the environment polluted. But still village market plays an important role in the life of the villagers. Class Six English All Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
40. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ' āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻŦāϏে?
(āĻ) āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰে āĻোāύ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻŦিāĻ্āϰি āĻšāϝ়?
(d) āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰেāϰ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻী?
āĻāĻāĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ
āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়āĻা āϝেāĻাāύে āĻ্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏী āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āύিāϤ্āϝāĻĒāĻŖ্āϝ āĻ্āϰāϝ়-āĻŦিāĻ্āϰāϝ় āĻāϰে। āϝে āĻোāύো āĻোāϞা āĻাāϝ়āĻা āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻĒāϝুāĻ্āϤ। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āϧাāϰে āĻŦা āύāĻĻীāϰ āϧাāϰে āĻŦা āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻাāĻেāϰ āύিāĻে āĻŦāϏে। āĻāĻা āϏāĻĒ্āϤাāĻšে āĻĻুāĻŦাāϰ āĻŦāϏে। āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰে āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻেāύা-āĻŦেāĻা āĻšāϝ়। āĻিāύিāϏāĻুāϞো āĻšāϞো āĻļাāĻāϏāĻŦāĻি, āĻŽাāĻ, āĻĻুāϧ, āĻĢāϞ, āϤেāϞ, āϞāĻŦāĻŖ, āĻĒেঁāϝ়াāĻ, āϰāϏুāύ, āĻাāĻĒāĻĄ়, āĻāĻŽ, āĻাāϞ, āĻāĻা, āĻŽāϏāϞাāϏāĻš āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āϏ্āĻেāĻļāύাāϰি āϏাāĻŽāĻ্āϰী। āĻāĻি āϏāĻŦ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŽিāϞāύāϏ্āĻĨāϞ। āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰেāϰ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ āĻāĻĒāϝোāĻিāϤা āĻāĻ āĻāĻĨাāϝ় āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻļ āĻāϰা āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻāĻ িāύ। āϏāϤ্āϝিāĻাāϰ āĻ
āϰ্āĻĨে āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āĻাāĻĄ়া āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāϞāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻāĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
ংāĻļ āĻāĻŦং āĻĒাāϰ্āϏেāϞ। āĻāĻāĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻāĻŦং āĻ
āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻāĻāϝ়āĻ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻে। āĻ্āϰāϝ়-āĻŦিāĻ্āϰāϝ়েāϰ āĻŽাāϧ্āϝāĻŽে āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻŦāύ্āϧুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ āϏāĻšāϝোāĻিāϤাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧāύ āĻāĻĄ়ে āĻāĻ ে। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻ
āύাāĻাāĻ্āĻ্āώিāϤ āĻāĻāύা āĻāĻে āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļ āĻĻূāώিāϤ āĻāϰে। āϤāĻŦে āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāĻাāϰ āĻ্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏীāĻĻেāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύে āĻāĻāĻি āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻূāĻŽিāĻা āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻāϰে।
41. Write a paragraph on 'A Tea Shop' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is a tea shop?
(c) What things are there in a tea shop?
(b) Who maintains a tea shop?
(d) Why do people come to a tea shop?
A TEA SHOP
A tea shop is a place where ready tea and various kinds of things are available. It is a common sight of our country. Usually it is found in cities, towns and even in villages in our country. In a tea shop, tea is prepared and sold to the customers. In a tea shop cigarette, biscuit, cake, banana, bread, betel leaf etc. are also sold. The tea shop is also decorated with chairs or benches for the customers to sit on. There is a boy who serves tea to the customers. There is a manager in a tea shop who maintains it and collects money from the customers. Different kinds of people gather here. The people of all avenues come here to take a cup of tea. They discuss various subjects such as politics and current affairs. People come here to pass the sluggish moments by chit-chatting with others. Sometimes customers raise a storm over a cup of tea. A tea shop is an important place for social assemblage.Class Six English All Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
41. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύে āĻী āĻী āĻিāύিāϏ āĻĨাāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻে āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ āĻĻেāĻাāĻļোāύা āĻāϰে?
(d) āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύে āĻāϏে āĻেāύ?
āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ
āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়āĻা āϝেāĻাāύে āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ āĻা āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāĻŖেāϰ āĻিāύিāϏ āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āĻāĻা āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻļāĻšāϰ, āĻļāĻšāϰ āĻāĻŽāύāĻি āĻ্āϰাāĻŽেāĻ āĻāĻি āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύে āĻা āϤৈāϰি āĻāϰে āĻ্āϰেāϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻে āĻŦিāĻ্āϰি āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύে āϏিāĻাāϰেāĻ, āĻŦিāϏ্āĻুāĻ, āĻেāĻ, āĻāϞা, āϰুāĻি, āĻĒাāύ āĻāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāĻ āĻŦিāĻ্āϰি āĻšāϝ়। āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύেāĻ āĻ্āϰেāϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦāϏাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻেāϝ়াāϰ āĻŦা āĻŦেāĻ্āĻ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϏাāĻাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻে। āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻেāϞে āĻāĻে āϝে āĻাāϏ্āĻāĻŽাāϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻা āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļāύ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύে āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽ্āϝাāύেāĻাāϰ āĻāĻেāύ āϝিāύি āĻāĻিāϰ āϰāĻ্āώāĻŖাāĻŦেāĻ্āώāĻŖ āĻāϰেāύ āĻāĻŦং āĻ্āϰাāĻšāĻāĻĻেāϰ āĻাāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻ
āϰ্āĻĨ āϏংāĻ্āϰāĻš āĻāϰেāύ। āĻāĻাāύে āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āϏāĻŽাāĻāĻŽ āĻšāϝ়। āϏāĻŦ āĻĒāĻĨেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻাāύে āĻāϏে āĻāĻ āĻাāĻĒ āĻা āĻেāϤে। āϤাāϰা āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻŦিāώāϝ় āϝেāĻŽāύ āϰাāĻāύীāϤি āĻāĻŦং āĻŦāϰ্āϤāĻŽাāύ āĻŦিāώāϝ় āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϞোāĻāύা āĻāϰেāύ। āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻāĻাāύে āĻāϏে āĻ
āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻিāĻ-āĻ্āϝাāĻিং āĻāϰে āĻ
āϞāϏ āĻŽুāĻšূāϰ্āϤāĻুāϞি āĻĒাāϰ āĻāϰāϤে। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻ্āϰাāĻšāĻāϰা āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻাāĻĒ āύিāϝ়ে āĻāĻĄ় āϤোāϞেāύ। āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ āϏাāĻŽাāĻিāĻ āϏāĻŽাāĻŦেāĻļেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ।
42. Write a paragraph on 'A Bus Stand' by answering the following questions :
(a) What is a bus stand?
(c) What things are there in a bus stand?
(b) How busy is a bus stand?
(d) What is the importance of it?
A BUS STAND
A bus stand is a place where people wait for the bus and the buses start to go for their destination from the place. It is a very chaotic place because the various types of people roam here. There are a shed for the passengers and a ticket counter for the passengers in a standard bus stand. The passenger stand a line for buying tickets. One bus comes and another to get into it. The coolies and hawkers also make the place crowded. It is a busy place. This place is so busy that the passengers coming here have no time to talk or to look at others. In a bus stand, there are small shops, tea shops, hawkers and porters. The place is noisy also because of the drivers and the conductors shout for passengers. They try to get as many passengers as they can. In a bus stand magazines and seasonal fruits are also sold. Sometimes it is very unclean and unhygienic for the passengers. Nevertheless it is a useful and important place for the passengers. Class Six English All Paragraph
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
42. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ'-āĻ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āĻী āĻী āĻিāύিāϏ āĻĨাāĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āĻāϤāĻা āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ?
(d) āĻāϰ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻি?
āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ
āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻāĻি āĻাāϝ়āĻা āϝেāĻাāύে āϞোāĻেāϰা āĻŦাāϏেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻ
āĻĒেāĻ্āώা āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦাāϏāĻুāϞি āϏেāĻ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻĨেāĻে āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝে āϝেāϤে āĻļুāϰু āĻāϰে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻুāĻŦ āĻŦিāĻļৃāĻ্āĻāϞ āĻাāϝ়āĻা āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻāĻাāύে āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāĻŖেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻŦিāĻāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰে। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻļেāĻĄ āĻāĻŦং āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻিāĻিāĻ āĻাāĻāύ্āĻাāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻে। āϝাāϤ্āϰীāϰা āĻিāĻিāĻ āĻেāύাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϞাāĻāύে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়েāĻেāύ। āĻāĻāĻা āĻŦাāϏ āĻāϏে āĻāϰেāĻāĻা āϤাāϤে āĻāĻ āϤে। āĻুāϞি āĻ āĻĢেāϰিāĻāϝ়াāϞাāϰাāĻ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻিāĻে āĻāĻŽāĻāĻŽাāĻ āĻāϰে āϤোāϞে। āĻāĻি āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āĻাāϝ়āĻা। āĻāĻ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻি āĻāϤāĻাāĻ āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āϝে āĻāĻাāύে āĻāϏা āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻĨা āĻŦāϞাāϰ āĻŦা āĻ
āύ্āϝেāϰ āĻĻিāĻে āϤাāĻাāύোāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āύেāĻ। āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āĻোāĻ-āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻĻোāĻাāύ, āĻাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻাāύ, āĻĢেāϰিāĻāϝ়াāϞা āĻ āĻুāϞিāϰা। āĻাāϞāĻ āĻ āĻāύ্āĻĄাāĻ্āĻāϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻেঁāĻাāĻŽেāĻিāϰ āĻাāϰāĻŖেāĻ āĻাāϝ়āĻাāĻা āĻোāϞাāĻšāϞāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ। āϤাāϰা āϝāϤāĻা āϏāĻŽ্āĻāĻŦ āϝাāϤ্āϰী āύেāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻেāώ্āĻা āĻāϰে। āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āĻ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āĻŽ্āϝাāĻাāĻিāύ āĻ āĻŽৌāϏুāĻŽি āĻĢāϞāĻ āĻŦিāĻ্āϰি āĻšāϝ়। āĻ
āύেāĻ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻāĻি āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻ
āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻাāϰ āĻ āĻ
āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻāϰ। āϤāĻŦুāĻ āĻāĻি āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻĻāϰāĻাāϰী āĻāĻŦং āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ।
43. Write a paragraph on 'Physical Exercise' by answering the following questions:
(a) What do you mean by physical exercise?
(b) Why is physical exercise important?
(c) How is excessive physical exercise harmful?
(d) What is the effect of physical exercise?
P
P
HYSICAL EXERCISE
Physical exercise means the regular movement of different parts of the body. It is very much important because it helps us to keep our body fit. Sound body as well as sound mind depends on regular exercise. There are many types of exercises such as walking, running, swimming, racing, riding and various types of games. All these types of exercise are not apt for all ages. Regular physical exercise makes our body active and the muscles strong. It helps for digestion and blood circulation. Physical exercise keeps a man free from diseases. But excessive exercise can be harmful. We have to maintain some rules to take exercise. Physical exercise should not take in empty stomach or just after meal. So it is clear that physical exercise ensures a sound body and a sound health. We must take regular exercise regularly.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
43. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻী āĻŦোāĻ?
(āĻ) āĻেāύ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ?
(āĻ) āĻ
āϤিāϰিāĻ্āϤ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āĻ্āώāϤিāĻāϰ?
(d) āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻাāĻŦ āĻী? āĻĒৃ
āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻ āύুāĻļীāϞāύ
āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻŽাāύে āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āĻ
ংāĻļেāϰ āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āύāĻĄ়াāĻāĻĄ়া। āĻāĻি āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻāĻি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻে āĻĢিāĻ āϰাāĻāϤে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰে। āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āĻĒাāĻļাāĻĒাāĻļি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻŽāύ āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽেāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āύিāϰ্āĻāϰ āĻāϰে। āĻ
āύেāĻ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāĻে āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻšাঁāĻা, āĻĻৌāĻĄ়াāύো, āϏাঁāϤাāϰ āĻাāĻা, āĻĻৌāĻĄ়, āϰাāĻāĻĄিং āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻিāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻেāϞা। āĻāĻ āϏāĻŦ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āϏāĻŦ āĻŦāϝ়āϏেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻĒāϝুāĻ্āϤ āύāϝ়। āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻে āϏāĻāϞ āĻāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻĒেāĻļী āĻļāĻ্āϤিāĻļাāϞী āĻāϰে। āĻāĻি āĻšāĻāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āϰāĻ্āϤ āϏāĻ্āĻাāϞāύে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻāϰে। āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻে āϰোāĻāĻŽুāĻ্āϤ āϰাāĻে। āĻিāύ্āϤু āĻ
āϤিāϰিāĻ্āϤ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ্āώāϤিāĻāϰ āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻিāĻু āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻŽেāύে āĻāϞāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻাāϞি āĻĒেāĻে āĻŦা āĻাāĻāϝ়াāϰ āĻĒāϰে āĻāϰা āĻāĻিāϤ āύāϝ়। āϏুāϤāϰাং āĻāĻা āϏ্āĻĒāώ্āĻ āϝে āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāĻāĻি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻāĻি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āύিāĻļ্āĻিāϤ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ
āĻŦāĻļ্āϝāĻ āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। Class Six English All Paragraph
44. Write a paragraph on 'Jute' by answering the following questions:
(a) What is jute?
(c) How is jute grown?
(b) What kind of land is suitable for jute?
(d) What is the importance of jute?
JUTE
Jute is a kind of fibre and it is obtained from jute plants. Jute does not grow in any kind of soil except moisty and low land. Plenty of jute grows in Bangladesh because its soil is suitable for growing jute. For growing jute at first the land is ploughed nicely. Then the seeds are sown in the field. After some days the farmers weed out grasses from the field. In a few months, the plants become matured. Then the jute is cut and the fibre is obtained from it. Then they are dried in the sun and tied into bundles. Now it is ready for use. Bangladesh exports huge jute and earns a lot of foreign exchange. So jute is very important for us.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
44. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻĒাāĻ'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻāĻি āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(a) āĻĒাāĻ āĻি?
(āĻ) āĻĒাāĻ āĻিāĻাāĻŦে āĻāύ্āĻŽাāϝ়?
(āĻ) āĻোāύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻāĻŽি āĻĒাāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻĒāϝুāĻ্āϤ?
(d) āĻĒাāĻেāϰ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻী?
āĻĒাāĻ
āĻĒাāĻ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĢাāĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻি āĻĒাāĻ āĻাāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āĻāϰ্āĻĻ্āϰ āĻ āύিāĻু āĻāĻŽি āĻাāĻĄ়া āĻ
āύ্āϝ āĻোāύো āĻŽাāĻিāϤে āĻĒাāĻ āĻāύ্āĻŽে āύা। āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļে āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻĒাāĻ āĻāύ্āĻŽে āĻাāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰ āĻŽাāĻি āĻĒাāĻ āĻাāώেāϰ āĻāĻĒāϝোāĻী। āĻĒাāĻ āĻাāώেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽে āĻāĻŽি āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰāĻাāĻŦে āĻাāώ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻŽিāϤে āĻŦীāĻ āĻŦāĻĒāύ āĻāϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻিāĻু āĻĻিāύ āĻĒāϰ āĻৃāώāĻāϰা āĻŽাāĻ āĻĨেāĻে āĻাāϏ āϤুāϞে āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻāϝ়েāĻ āĻŽাāϏেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে, āĻাāĻāĻুāϞি āĻĒāϰিāĻĒāĻ্āĻ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻĒাāĻ āĻেāĻে āϤা āĻĨেāĻে āĻĢাāĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻĒাāĻāϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āϰোāĻĻে āĻļুāĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞে āĻŦেঁāϧে āϰাāĻা āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻāύ āĻāĻি āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ। āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āĻĒāϰিāĻŽাāĻŖ āĻĒাāĻ āϰāĻĒ্āϤাāύি āĻāϰে āĻĒ্āϰāĻুāϰ āĻŦৈāĻĻেāĻļিāĻ āĻŽুāĻĻ্āϰা āĻ
āϰ্āĻāύ āĻāϰে। āϤাāĻ āĻĒাāĻ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ। Class Six English All Paragraph
45. Write a paragraph on 'A Fisherman' by answering the following questions:
(a) Who is a fisherman?
(b) Where does a fisherman catch fish?
(c) How does he spend his time?
(d) What is the economic condition of a fisherman?
A FISHERMAN
A fisherman is a person who earn his living by catching and selling fishes. He lives by the side of a big river, or big canal or marshy lands or by the sea shore for the purpose of his occupational advantages. A fisherman works hard all the day. Because, he has to maintain his large family with his small income. A fisherman always remains busy in making nets, repairing them, taking care of his fishing boat dyeing and painting them. Sometimes he is to work hard under the sun and sometimes in rain. Sometimes he goes in the deep sea for fishing. Sometimes he faces dangers. He leads a very humble life. He has hardly meets and boats of his own. He feels comfort in his heart when he is able to catch a lot of fishes. He meets the demand of our protein. So he plays an important role in our country. We should do something to improve his life style.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
45. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āĻŽā§āϏ্āϝāĻীāĻŦী' āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āĻেāϞে āĻে?
(āĻ) āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻেāϞে āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰে?
(āĻ) āϏে āĻীāĻাāĻŦে āϤাāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻাāĻাāϝ়?
(d) āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻেāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻ
āϰ্āĻĨāύৈāϤিāĻ āĻ
āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨা āĻেāĻŽāύ?
āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽā§āϏ্āϝāĻীāĻŦী
āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻেāϞে āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻ্āϤি āϝিāύি āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻ্āϰি āĻāϰে āĻীāĻŦিāĻা āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻš āĻāϰেāύ। āϏে āϤাāϰ āĻĒেāĻļাāĻāϤ āϏুāĻŦিāϧাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦāĻĄ় āύāĻĻী, āĻŦা āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻাāϞ āĻŦা āĻāϞাāĻূāĻŽি āĻŦা āϏāĻŽুāĻĻ্āϰেāϰ āϤীāϰে āĻŦাāϏ āĻāϰে। āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻেāϞে āϏাāϰাāĻĻিāύ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāϰে। āĻাāϰāĻŖ, āϤাāĻে āϤাāϰ āϏাāĻŽাāύ্āϝ āĻāϝ় āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϤাāϰ āĻŦāĻĄ় āϏংāϏাāϰ āĻাāϞাāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻেāϞে āϏāĻŦ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻাāϞ āϤৈāϰি, āĻŽেāϰাāĻŽāϤ, āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰাāϰ āύৌāĻাāϰ āϰং āĻāϰা āĻāĻŦং āϰং āĻāϰাāϝ় āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻে। āĻāĻāύো āϰোāĻĻে āĻāĻŦাāϰ āĻāĻāύো āĻŦৃāώ্āĻিāϤে āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāϰāϤে āĻšāϝ় āϤাāĻে। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āĻāĻীāϰ āϏাāĻāϰে āϝাāϝ় āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰāϤে। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āϏে āĻŦিāĻĒāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽুāĻীāύ āĻšāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻŦিāύāϝ়ী āĻীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāύ। āϤাāϰ āĻুāĻŦ āĻāĻŽāĻ āĻĻেāĻা āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰ āύিāĻāϏ্āĻŦ āύৌāĻা āĻāĻে. āϏে āĻ
āύেāĻ āĻŽাāĻ āϧāϰāϤে āĻĒেāϰে āĻŽāύে āĻŽāύে āϏ্āĻŦāϏ্āϤি āĻ
āύুāĻāĻŦ āĻāϰে। āϏে āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰোāĻিāύেāϰ āĻাāĻšিāĻĻা āĻĒূāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰে। āϤাāĻ āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻূāĻŽিāĻা āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻāϰāĻেāύ। āϤাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύāϧাāϰা āĻāύ্āύāϤ āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻিāĻু āĻāϰা āĻāĻিāϤ।
46. Write a paragraph on 'A Street Beggar' by answering the following questions:
(a) Who is a street beggar?
(c) Where does he live?
(b) Where does he beg?
(d) How is his life?
A STREET BEGGAR
A street beggar is the person who begs alms in the street is called a street beggar. He is a very well known person in the cities and towns. Usually he is seen beside the streets, in the market places or at the gate of mosques. Some of them are blind or lame or dumb. A street beggar usually puts on dirty and torn clothes. He always bears a bag on his shoulder for his begging. Some times he has a bowl in his hand in which he receives his alms in the name of Allah and His holy prophet. He prays for the person who gives him money. His income is low. Sometimes he is seen reciting some sentences from the holy Quran. He lives a very miserable life. For this reason he can hardly meet the basic need of his family. We should do something for him.
āĻ
āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:
46. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āĻāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻāĻি āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻিāĻ্āώুāĻ' āĻ
āύুāĻ্āĻেāĻĻ āϞিāĻুāύ:
(āĻ) āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻিāĻ্āώুāĻ āĻে?
(āĻ) āϤিāύি āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻĨাāĻেāύ?
(āĻ) āϏে āĻোāĻĨাāϝ় āĻিāĻ্āώা āĻāϰে?
(āĻ) āϤাāϰ āĻীāĻŦāύ āĻেāĻŽāύ?
āĻāĻāĻāύ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻিāĻাāϰি
āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻিāĻ্āώুāĻ āĻšāϞ āϝে āĻŦ্āϝāĻ্āϤি āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϝ় āĻিāĻ্āώা āĻāϰে āϤাāĻে āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻিāĻ্āώুāĻ āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ়। āĻļāĻšāϰ-āύāĻāϰে āϤিāύি āĻুāĻŦāĻ āĻĒāϰিāĻিāϤ āĻāĻāĻāύ āĻŽাāύুāώ। āϤাāĻে āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻĒাāĻļে, āĻŦাāĻাāϰে āĻŦা āĻŽāϏāĻিāĻĻেāϰ āĻেāĻে āĻĻেāĻা āϝাāϝ়। āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻেāĻ āĻেāĻ āĻ
āύ্āϧ āĻŦা āĻোঁāĻĄ়া āĻŦা āĻŦোāĻŦা। āĻāĻāĻāύ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻিāĻ্āώুāĻ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āύোংāϰা āĻāĻŦং āĻেঁāĻĄ়া āĻাāĻĒāĻĄ় āĻĒāϰে। āĻিāĻ্āώা āĻāϰাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϤিāύি āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻাঁāϧে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦ্āϝাāĻ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻāĻāύāĻ āĻāĻāύāĻ āϤাāϰ āĻšাāϤে āĻāĻāĻি āĻŦাāĻি āĻĨাāĻে āϝাāϤে āϏে āĻāϞ্āϞাāĻš āĻāĻŦং āϤাঁāϰ āĻĒāĻŦিāϤ্āϰ āύāĻŦীāϰ āύাāĻŽে āϤাāϰ āĻĻাāύ āĻ্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻāϰে। āϝে āϤাāĻে āĻাāĻা āĻĻেāϝ় āϤাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āϏে āĻĻোāϝ়া āĻāϰে। āϤাāϰ āĻāϝ় āĻāĻŽ। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āϤাāĻে āĻĒāĻŦিāϤ্āϰ āĻোāϰāĻāύ āĻĨেāĻে āĻিāĻু āĻŦাāĻ্āϝ āϤিāϞাāĻāϝ়াāϤ āĻāϰāϤে āĻĻেāĻা āϝাāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻ
āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻŦিāώāĻš āĻীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāϰেāύ। āĻ āĻাāϰāĻŖে āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻŽৌāϞিāĻ āĻাāĻšিāĻĻা āĻŽেāĻাāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ āύা। āϤাāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻিāĻু āĻāϰা āĻāĻিāϤ।
CLASS SIX SOME MODEL PARAGRAPH
47. MYSELF
I am Mahin Khan.I am in class six in Rajbari Zilla School. My school is very close to my house. I am punctual in attending school and my studies. Gardening is my hobby. I have a garden in front of my house. I spend my leisure working in the garden. I have made a fence around it. Everyday I work at least two hours in the garden. I grow various flowers and vegetables in it. I help my father in the fields. I also help my mother in household activities. In the afternoon I play football. I watch television and hear music sometimes. I always try to make proper use of time.
48. MY BEST FRIEND
Nayan is my best friend. He is a nice boy. He is very intimate with me. Nayan lives in our neighbouring (cÃwZ‡ekx) village. We are in the same class. My friend is very punctual. He reads his lessons attentively. He always tries to make the best use of his time. He is cooperative. He always tries to help the weak students. He respects the teachers. He is sincere to his work. He is sympathetic to all. He helps his parents in their work. He is intelligent, energetic and friendly. Everybody likes him.
49. MY READING ROOM
The room which is used for the purpose of study is called a reading room. As a student, I have a reading room of my own. It faces the south. Though it is a small room, it is well-decorated. It has a door and two windows. So it is well ventilated. There is a desk and a chair for my reading. I possess a book-shelf in which I keep my books well-arranged. There are a calendar and a daily-routine on the table. There is also a cod in my reading room. So my reading room also serves the purpose of my bed room. I always keep the room neat and clean. There is a flower garden in front of my reading room. The smell of the flowers refreshes my mind. I don’t allow anyone into the room while reading. It is really an ideal reading room. Class Six English All Paragraph
50. A RAILWAY STATION
A railway station is a place where trains stop to take in and to drop down passengers and goods. It remains busy almost all the time of the day and night. Every station has at least a platform. In every station there is at least one building, which is called station house. The building has several rooms that are used as a booking office, ticket counters, waiting rooms for passengers. When a train arrives, the whole station area turns into a noisy place. As soon as the train leaves, the station turns into a deserted place for some time.
āύিāϤ্āϝ āύāϤুāύ āϏāĻāϞ āĻāĻĒāĻĄেāĻেāϰ āĻāύ্āϝ āĻā§েāύ āĻāϰুāύ
Telegram Group
Join Now
Our Facebook Page
Join Now
Class 8 Facebook Study Group
Join Now
Class 7 Facebook Study Group
Join Now
Class 6 Facebook Study Group
Join Now
If any objections to our content, please email us directly: helptrick24bd@gmail.com